C1618 Sevice Manual

DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C1618 88 8
Ser vi ce Manual 1
s t
Edi t i on
DocuPrint C1618 DocuPrint C1618 DocuPrint C1618 DocuPrint C1618
Service Manual 1
st
Edition
Issued: April 2002
zThis service manual covers the following models:
Electro-photographic laser Color Printer manufactured
by FUJI XEROX Co., Ltd
h hh h
DocuPrint C1618
zRelated:
h hh h
No other related manuals are issued other than
this service manual.
zConfidentiality:
h hh h
This service manual is issued intending use by
maintenance service personnel authorized by
XEROX. Copying, transferring or leasing this
manual without prior consent by XEROX is
prohibited.
h hh h
Whenever a page is eliminated because of
issuance of a replacement page containing
changes or modifications, burn it or take the
necessary action including cutting by a shredder.
h hh h
Be careful of handling to avoid missing or
damaging the manual.
zRevision and Modification Information:
When design changes or revisions relating to this
service manual occur, the overseas technical
information or overseas service bulletin may be
issued as supplementary information until such
changes will be accommodated in the updated
version of this service manual.
Important changes including
revisions of spare part numbers
and adjustment specifications
must immediately be reflected on
the respective pages of this
service manual upon reception of
such information.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CSSC TD&LC SDEC
213-8508, Sakado 3-2-1 Takatsu-ku Kawasaki-shi Kanagawa-ken
KSP/R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7
TEL: 044-812-7637
[XEROX], [The Document Company] are registered trademarks
PRINTED IN JAPAN
Company
Name
Department
Tel No:
Name
Employee
No.
()
Material No.
SM-NL300004-0-01-0
CAUTION
Preface
Scope of this Document
How to Use this Manual
Terms and Symbols
Abbreviations
SECTION 1 SERVICE SUMMARY
SECTION 2 TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 3 IMAGE QUALITY TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES,
ADJUSTMENT
SECTION 5 PARTS LIST
SECTION 6 GENERAL
SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
SECTION 8 ACCESSORIES
SECTION 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
Preface
Contents
Preface
0-1
Contents
1. Scope of this Document.......................................................................................... 2
2. How to Use this Manual .......................................................................................... 2
2.1 Organization of this Manual ................................................................................ 2
2.2 Revision Information........................................................................................... 2
3. Terms and Symbols ................................................................................................ 3
4. Abbreviations.......................................................................................................... 4
Preface
2. How to Use this Manual
0-2
1. Scope of this Document
This document is intended to serve as the standard service manual for the DocuPrint
C1618.
Service Manual Comment Sheet
If you have any comments or wish to suggest any corrections, or if you find any
typographical errors in this DocuPrint C1618 Service Manual, please fill out the
attached comment sheet and send it to TD&LC SDEC.
2. How to Use this Manual
This manual covers the standard service procedures for the DocuPrint C1618. Follow
the instructions in Section 1 Service Summary when visiting customer locations on
service calls.
2.1 Organization of this Manual
Hardware
This manual describes all technical information for DocuPrint C1618.
Sections
This manual consists of nine Sections:
This Section describes the general procedures and service practices to be
utilized when servicing the DocuPrint C1618.
This Section describes the troubleshooting procedures for other than image
quality for the DocuPrint C1618. It also describes the machine's self-
diagnosis mode and how to use associated software.
This Section describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures for the
DocuPrint C1618.
SECTION 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES, ADJUSTMENT
This Section describes procedures for the disassembly, assembly,
adjustment, and replacement of DocuPrint C1618 components.
This Section contains lists of parts for the DocuPrint C1618.
SECTION 6 GENERAL
This Section provides the following general information on the DocuPrint
C1618:
6.1 Specifications
6.2 Tools/Service Consumables
6.3 Consumable
6.4 Installation
6.5 Software Information
6.5.1 Menu Tree (User mode)
SECTION 7 WIRING DATA
This Section provides the following information related to electrical wiring in
the DocuPrint C1618:
7.1 P/J List
7.2 P/J Wiring Diagrams
This Section provides information on DocuPrint C1618-specific accessories
& options.
8.1 2-Tray Module
SECTION 9 BSD
This Section contains the BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) drawings for the
DocuPrint C1618.
z Chain 1 Standby Power
z Chain 2 Mode Selection
z Chain 3 Machine Run Control
z Chain 4 Start Print Power
z Chain 6 Optics (ROS)
z Chain 7 Paper Supply
z Chain 8 Paper Transportation
z Chain 9 Xerographic
z Chain 10 Fusing
2.2 Revision Information
Revisions for this manual will be promulgated as described below and associated
information will be sent to all customer engineers. This manual should be kept up-
to-date at all times by replacing superseded pages/old information with new
pages/information.
Revision Procedure
When the entire manual is revised, the publication number on the cover sheet will
be changed from Revision 1 to Revision 2, Revision 3, etc.
3. Terms and Symbols
Preface
0-3
When this manual is partially revised, revisions will be sequentially indicated as
Revision A, Revision B, Revision C, etc. All revised pages will be marked according
with "Revision A", "Revision B", "Revision C", and so on.
Revision Sidebar
When any paragraph, table, or figure has been added or amended, a revision
sidebar will be added to indicate where the revision was made.
(Example)
If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars
associated with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.
3. Terms and Symbols
Specific terms and symbols used in any particular section are described in the
Preface for that section. This section describes the terms and symbols used in each
section.
The following describes the meanings of the term and symbols noted at the
beginning of the chapter:
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which will
result in death or serious injury if the practice, procedure,
condition, or statement is not strictly followed.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which could
result in death or serious injury if the practice, procedure,
condition, or statement is not strictly followed.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which may result
in minor or moderate injury, or property-damage-only
accidents, if the practice, procedure, condition, or
statement is not strictly followed.
Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed,
could result in damage to the printer or equipment.
Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
Used when other explanations are given.
Used to explain purpose of adjustment.
REP Indicates reference to the appropriate repair procedure.
ADJ Indicates reference to the appropriate adjustment procedure.
PL Indicates reference to the appropriate parts list.
ASSY Abbreviation of "Assembly".
INSTRUCTION
NOTE
REFERENCE
PURPOSE
Preface
4. Abbreviations
0-4
4. Abbreviations
This manual contains abbreviations that are specific to this manual, as well as general
abbreviations.
The following describes some of the representative examples:
ADC Automatic Density Control AG Analog Ground
AUX. Auxiliary B/W Black and White
BCR Bias Charge Roll BTR Bias Transfer Roll
BUR Back Up Roll CART. Cartridge
CCW Counter Clock Wise CL. Clutch
CLN Cleaning (or Cleaner) CLK Clock
CR Charge Roll CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
CRUM CRU Monitor CW Clock Wise
DB Developing Bias DTS Detack Saw
EP Electrophotography FDR Feeder
FG Frame Ground FRU Field Replaceable Unit
Hex Hexadecimal I/F Interface
IDT Intermediate Drum Transfer ID Image Density
(or Identification)
L/H Left Hand L/P Low Paper
LD Laser Diode LEF Long Edge Feed
MSI Multi Sheet Inserter N/F Normal Force
N/P No Paper NVM Non Volatile Memory
OPC Organic Photo Conductor P/H Paper Handling
PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control PHD Printer Head
Pixel Picture Cell PPM Prints Per Minute
PV Print Volume PWB Printed Wiring Board
R/H Right Hand REGI. Registration
ROS Raster Output Scanner RTN Return
SEF Short Edge Feed SG Signal Ground
SNR Sensor SOL. Solenoid
SOS Start Of Scan SPI Scans Per Inch
SYNC. Synchronous T/A Take Away
TC Toner Concentration TEMP. Temperature
TR Transfer TRANS. Transport
WDD Wide Range Dynamic Damper XERO. Xerographic
YMCBk Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
Contents
1-1
Contents
1.1 Notes on servicing ............................................................................................. 2
1.1.1 Safety.......................................................................................................... 2
1.1.2 Other Precautions........................................................................................ 2
1.2 Service Call Procedures ..................................................................................... 3
1.3 Trimming............................................................................................................ 4
1.3.1 Trimming Procedures................................................................................... 4
1.3.2 Printer Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts................................. 4
1.3.3 Trimming Checklist....................................................................................... 5
1.1 Notes on servicing
1-2
1.1 Notes on servicing
1.1.1 Safety
Always to follow the WARNING and CAUTION notes described in this manual so as
to prevent any accident during servicing. Do NOT attempt any hazardous activities.
1. Power Supply
Always switch the machine OFF and unplug the power cord before servicing to
prevent electric shocks, burns, or injury. If it is necessary to work with the power
ON, such as when measuring voltages, use adequate care to avoid electric shock.
2. Drive Sections
NEVER inspect or lubricate drive sections such as gears while the machine is
running.
3. Printer Weight
This printer weighs 35.3kg. When moving the printer for a sufficient servicing
space, take extreme care to avoid lower back injury by assuming the proper
posture.
4. Safety Devices
Make sure that safety devices intended to prevent accidents (such as fuses, circuit
breakers and interlock switches) and safety devices intended to protect the user
during normal operation (such as panels and covers) are all functioning properly.
Any modifications that may interfere with the safety features of the printer are
strictly PROHIBITED.
5. Installation and Removal of Components
Some parts and covers have sharp edges. Handle with care so as to prevent cuts
or scrapes. If your fingers or hands are stained with any oily substance, wipe them
dry before servicing. In addition, when pulling out parts or cables, work them loose
gently and do NOT use excessive force.
6. Specified Tools
Observe all instructions that specify the type of tool(s) to be used.
7. Organic Solvents
Take note of the following when using organic solvents such as drum cleaner or
machine cleaner.
z Do NOT inhale solvents. Ensure that rooms and workspaces are adequately
ventilated.
z Do NOT use solvents on any portions of the printer that are hot.
z Keep solvents away from sources of ignition.
8. Modifications
If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application
for Approval of Modification prior to performing any work.
9. Additional Safety Precautions
In addition to the precautions described in items 1~9 above, additional safety
precautions can be found in the "Service Safety Guide", published by the former
TS Department. The precautions stipulated therein should be strictly adhered to.
1.1.2 Other Precautions
During servicing, observe the following work habits to avoid incorrect or unnecessary
actions.
1. Documentation
Before each servicing, read service-related materials such as the SB, FTI and FTO
carefully so as to take a systematic approach.
2. Removal
Make sure to note the initial location of any part before removing it.
3. Installation/Adjustment
After completing installation and/or adjustment of any part, make sure that there is
no tool or part left inside the printer or assy before starting the printer.
4. Handling of Removed Parts and Consumables
Do NOT discard any removed parts or consumables carelessly at the customer's
site.
When any of the following consumables is removed, attach a "U" sticker on it for
proper recycling.
z Drum Cartridge
z All Toner Cartridges
Fill in the required information on the "U-TAG" for recycled parts to ensure proper
recycling.
5. General Considerations
z Be careful not to disturb the customer's daily work.
z Because color toners may stain the floor at the customer's site and it is difficult to
clean it later, use a drop cloth or a sheet of paper to keep the service area clean
when servicing the interior of the printer.
z Put dirty materials, consumables or parts in a plastic bag for disposal according to
the customer's on-site procedures.
z Always enter servicing call data and a list of removed consumables and parts in
the machine service log.
DocuPrint C1618 weighs 35.3kg.
If you have to carry the printer, have at least one more person to help you.
For more information, refer to Installation Procedures (6.4).
1.2 Service Call Procedures
1-3
1.2 Service Call Procedures
What to do first
UM Call SM Call
Before leaving
1. Collect information on the printer from the
operator.
2. Record the meter readings.
3. Check for any erroneous printouts and
confirm the condition of the printer.
4. Check the machine service log.
1. Perform Level 1 Troubleshooting.
2. Perform troubleshooting.
3. Check printing quality by using the built-in
test patterns. (Refer to 3.3 Test Print.)
4. Feed paper from each tray and clean or
replace the Feed Roll if necessary.
5. Repair all secondary problems.
6. Perform trimming.
1. Check printing quality by using the built-in
test patterns. (Refer to 3.3 Test Print.)
2. Feed paper from each tray and clean or
replace the Feed Roll if necessary.
3. Repair all secondary problems.
4. Perform trimming.
1. Check overall operation and features of the
printer.
2. Check the printer exterior and consumables.
3. Train the operator if necessary.
4. Fill in the machine service log and the service
report.
5. Store the print samples together with the
machine service log.
About Technical Information Related to Software
Please obtain the information at the following Web site. For internal use (Viewing is limited to the company.)
PRINTER&PC Home Page URL http://www.src.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/
This site contains technical information, failure information, and the latest information on related software.
1.3 Trimming
1-4
1.3 Trimming
Perform trimming on DocuPrint C1618 at each SM/UM. This helps to maintain optimum
machine performance. Performing trimming should not be the primary purpose of any visit.
1.3.1 Trimming Procedures
1. Check the overall operation before beginning.
z Make prints with a test pattern containing 20% color pattern for each color, gradation
pattern and grid pattern.
1. 20% pattern for each color Checks for any scratches on the IBT Belt and drum,
and for fusing failure.
2. Gradation pattern Checks for improper low-density reproducibility, color
balance and fusing failure.
3. Grid pattern Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure.
Refer to 3.3 Test Print on how to generate test patterns.
2. Clean the machine interior.
z Clean up any toner or paper dust in the paper path.
(Particularly in those areas accessed by the operator.
3. Check replacement parts (consumable parts) regularly and replace them if necessary.
4. Check safety conditions.
z Check the connection of the power plug and look out for any damage to the cord or
plug.
5. Check the overall operation after trimming.
z Check machine operation.
z Check print quality.
z Check meter readings.
1.3.2 Printer Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts
Check the number of printouts made with the printer consumables during trimming.
Replace these parts if necessary.
<Printer Consumables>
Consumable Product Code No. of printable pages1
Black Toner Cartridge CT200128 Approx. 8,500 pages
Cyan Toner Cartridge CT200129 Approx. 6,000 pages
Magenta Toner Cartridge CT200130 Approx. 6,000 pages
Yellow Toner Cartridge CT200131 Approx. 6,000 pages
Drum Cartridge CT350084 Approx. 30,000 pages
Transfer Roll Cartridge
(Including Waste Toner Cartridge)
CWAA0416 Approx. 25,000 pages
1: Use Condtions
Paper Size: A4 Portrait, Print Ratio: 5%
Black and White/Color Ratio 1:1, Number of sheets to be printed at a time: Average 4 sheets
<Periodic Replacement Parts>
Consumable Replacement Interval Remarks
Fuser Unit 100K prints
Retard Roll 100K prints
1.3 Trimming
1-5
1.3.3 Trimming Checklist
Check and if necessary, clean, replace and refill.
Always check and clean.
Always replace at the specified interval.
* Refer to 3.3 Test Print on how to generate test patterns.
No. Item Each time 100K
Replacement/
Adjustment No.
Description
1.1 Before trimming
(Check sound while the printer is running)
Check that there is no unusual sound while the printer is running.
1.2 Before trimming
(Generate test patterns)
Generate built-in test patterns and check the print quality.
(Use the 20% color pattern to check for uneven density, blank areas and damage to the
drum/IBT Belt. Use the gradation pattern to check for low density reproducibility.)
2 Clean the machine interior.
(Clean the paper path)
Retard Roll
Clean up any spilt toner in the paper path and smears or paper dust on the JAM SENSOR.
Clean in particular, those areas used and accessed by the operator.
Check and clean the MSI Feed Roll.
3.1 Fuser Unit Check for scratches on the H.Roll and P.Roll.
Replace if necessary.
3.2
PHD (Drum Cartridge) 30K Visual check only. Do NOT touch it directly with your hands.
3.3 BTR Unit Assy
(Transfer Roll Cartridge)
25K Visual check only. Do NOT touch it directly with your hands.
4 Check safety conditions. Check for loose inlet of the power plug.
Check the power code for cracks and the core line for exposure.
Check for the use of the power code out of spec for the capacity insufficient extension code and
commercial table tap, etc.
Check that not too many plugs are used on one wall socket.
5.1 Check before leaving
(Check print quality)
Make a printout of the built-in test pattern and check that the print quality is within specifications.
(Check printer operation)
Check for correct paper feed, unusual sounds and so on.
(Check meter readings)
Update the machine service log and service report.
CAUTION Do NOT touch the PHD (Drum Cartridge) and BRT Unit directly with your hands.
Do NOT use solutions such as a drum cleaner. (It will take some time before recovery.)
Contents
SECTION 2 TROUBLESHOOTING 2-1
Contents
2.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedures ................................................................................ 3
2.1.2 Precautions while Troubleshooting....................................................................... 3
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 4
2.2.1 Level 1 FIP .......................................................................................................... 4
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 5
2.3.1 Failure Code List.................................................................................................. 5
2.3.2 Failure FIPs........................................................................................................ 10
001-360 Fan Motor Failure FIP PL1.1/PL15.1...................................................... 10
003-340 Firmware Error FIP .................................................................................... 10
003-356 NV-RAM Error FIP..................................................................................... 11
006-370 ROS Failure FIPPL11.1.......................................................................... 11
009-340 ADC Sensor Error FIPPL6.1) ................................................................... 12
009-342 Low Density Error FIP ............................................................................... 12
010-317 Fuser Detached FIP .................................................................................. 13
010-350 Fuser Failure FIPPL9.1) ........................................................................... 14
010-351 Fuser Life Over FIP.................................................................................... 14
010-354 Hum Temp Sensor Error FIPPL4.2......................................................... 15
Duplex JAM FIP ....................................................................................................... 15
Regi JAM FIP........................................................................................................... 18
Media Type Mismatch FIP ........................................................................................ 24
Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached FIP........................................................................ 25
Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached FIP.................................................................... 26
Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached FIP ......................................................................... 26
Black Toner Cartridge Detached FIP......................................................................... 27
BTR Detached FIP ................................................................................................... 27
PHD Detached FIP................................................................................................... 28
Yellow Toner Empty FIP............................................................................................ 29
Magenta Toner Empty FIP ........................................................................................ 30
Cyan Toner Empty FIP.............................................................................................. 31
Black Toner Empty FIP ............................................................................................. 32
BTR Life Over FIP..................................................................................................... 33
PHD Life Over FIP .................................................................................................... 34
CRUM ID Error FIP ................................................................................................... 35
ADC Sensor Dustiness FIP ....................................................................................... 36
Front Cover FIP ........................................................................................................ 36
Full Stack FIP ........................................................................................................... 36
Tray1 Paper Near Empty FIP..................................................................................... 37
Tray2 Paper Near Empty FIP..................................................................................... 38
2.4 How to Use Diag. (C/E) Mode .................................................................................. 41
2.4.1 Operation Panel in Diag. (C/E) Mode .................................................................. 41
2.4.2 Entering Diag. (C/E) Mode.................................................................................. 41
2.4.3 Exiting from Diag. (C/E) Mode ............................................................................ 41
2.4.4 Types of Diag. (C/E) Mode.................................................................................. 41
2.4.5 Procedures ........................................................................................................ 42
2.4.6 Diag. Mode Menu Tree....................................................................................... 43
2.4.7 ESS Diagnostics ................................................................................................ 44
2.4.8 IOT Diagnostics ................................................................................................. 45
2.4.8.1 Digital Input Test .......................................................................................... 45
2.4.8.2 Digital Output Test ....................................................................................... 47
2.4.8.3 NVM Read/Write.......................................................................................... 50
2.4.8.4 Print NVM Information ................................................................................. 50
2.4.8.5 Save NVM Information................................................................................. 50
2.4.8.6 Load NVM Information................................................................................. 51
2.4.9 Installation Setup ............................................................................................... 52
2.4.10 Test Print ...................................................................................................... 53
2.4.11 Setting Parameters .......................................................................................... 54
2.4.11.1 Setting/Displaying Parameters ................................................................... 54
2.4.11.2 Print Parameters List ................................................................................. 55
Contents
2-2
2.4.12 Print Information.............................................................................................. 56
2.5 Diag. of the Printer Itself ........................................................................................... 58
2.5.1 Description........................................................................................................ 58
2.5.2 Making Prints .................................................................................................... 58
2.5.3 Test Print Pattern............................................................................................... 58
2.6 NVM List.................................................................................................................. 59
2.7 HEX-to-DEC Conversion Table................................................................................. 63
Contents
SECTION 2 TROUBLESHOOTING 2-3
2.1 Preface
2.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedures
The troubleshooting procedures are divided into Level 1
and Level 2 Troubleshooting.
Level 1 Troubleshooting
Check failure codes and problem symptoms using the
Level 1 FIPs.
Level 2 Troubleshooting
Identify the cause of a problem using FIP, BSD, and the
failure code list, and recover the machine.
2.1.2 Precautions while Troubleshooting
Before replacing parts, check that any connectors are
securely connected.
When replacing parts, switch off the power.
If there are multiple problems, the same FIP may be
referred to again. In this case, the same FIP may guide
you to different steps.
WARNING While the power is on, do NOT touch the
following parts so as to avoid electric
shock:
HVPS
LVPS
WARNING While the power is on, the DRUM
CARTRIDGE should remain installed.
Invisible laser radiation is harmful to your
eyes.
WARNING The HEAT ROLL, the PRESSURE ROLL,
and their surroundings will be hot. To
avoid burns, do NOT touch them before
they have cooled off sufficiently.
Glossary
Failure Code:
A code displayed on the OPERATION PANEL when a
problem occurs.
POWER OFF:
The state in which the MAIN POWER SWITCH is turned
off and the POWER CORD is unplugged.
WARNING When POWER OFF is indicated in any
troubleshooting procedure, turn the MAIN
POWER SWITCH off and unplug the
POWER CORD to avoid electric shock or
personal injury.
POWER ON:
The state in which the MAIN POWER SWITCH is turned
on.
Cycle the Power Switch:
Turn the MAIN POWER SWITCH off and then on again.
Execute [DO-10]:
Execute DIAG. Code [DO-10].
End [DO-10]:
Stop DIAG. Code [DO-10].
PL4.2:
Refer to PL4.2 in Section 5 Parts List.
REP4.1.3:
Refer to REP4.1.3 in Section 4.
ADJ4.1.3:
Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Section 4.
+5VDC H Level : +4.1 ~ +5.6VDC
L Level : -0.3 ~ +1.2VDC
+24VDC H Level : +21.8 ~ +25.8VDC
L Level : -0.4 ~ +3.3VDC
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting
2-4
2.2.1 Level 1 FIP
Ask the operator about the symptom(s).
Has the machine been operated properly?
Y N
Explain to the operator how to
operate the machine properly.
Is a description of the problem
displayed on the OPERATION
PANEL?
Y N
Is this an image quality trouble?
Y N
Perform Section 3 Image Quality
Troubleshooting Flowchart and perform
the appropriate image quality FIP.
Turn the Power OFF/ON.
Is a description of the problem
displayed on the OPERATION
PANEL?
Y N
Make prints in the mode in which the problem occurred.
Is a description of the problem displayed on the
OPERATION PANEL?
Y N
Perform the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure.
See Section 9 BSD, and perform
appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
See 2.3.1 Failure Code List, and take
appropriate action(s).
2-5
2.3.1 Failure Code List
LCD <Failed Items>
Trouble Description
Corrective Measures Reference
BSD
001-360 Reboot Printer <IOT Fan Motor Failure>
Detection of fail signal of either FUSER FAN or REAR FAN.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Fan Motor Failure FIP.
CH 10.3
CH 10.6
003-340 Reboot the Printer <IOT Firmware Error>
IOT Firmware error
Cycle the power.
Refer to Firmware Error FIP.
CH 3.1
CH 3.3
003-356 Reboot the Printer <IOT NVRAM Error>
NVRAM error.
Cycle the power.
Refer to NV-RAM Error FIP.
CH 3.1
CH 3.3
006-370 Reboot the Printer <IOT ROS Failure>
1. The Laser power is down.
2. The SOS signal cannot be detected.
Cycle the power.
Refer to ROS Failure FIP.
CH 6.1
CH 6.2
009-340 Reboot the Printer <IOT ADC Sensor Error>
The ADC SENSOR ASSY power is down.
Cycle the power.
Refer to ADC Sensor Error FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
009-342 Reboot the Printer <IOT Low Density Error>
The toner density is low.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Low Density Error FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
010-317 Reboot the Printer <IOT Fuser Detached>
It was detected that the FUSER ASSY 100V was not installed.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Fuser Detached FIP.
CH 10.1
CH 10.6
010-350 Reboot the Printer <IOT Fuser Failure>
1. The temperature was detected to be exceeding 35C 4 times consecutively.
2. The temperature was detected to be below 120C 4 times consecutively.
3. The resistance value of the STS Sensor was detected to have exceeded 2437K 4 times
consecutively.
4. The Fuser Lamp does not reach the target temperature after more than 60sec has passed
after lit on.
5. After the target temperature is reached, the Fuser Lamp continued to be lit after the
specified time.
6. The STS Sensor value does not change after the Lamp is lit.
7. The temperature was detected to be exceeding 230C 2 times consecutively during
printing.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Fuser Failure FIP.
CH 10.1
CH 10.6
010-351 Reboot the Printer <IOT Fuser Life Over>
Life of the FUSER ASSY 100V.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Fuser Life Over FIP.
CH 3.1
CH 3.3
010-354 Reboot the Printer <IOT Hum Temp Sensor Error>
1. The temperature was detected to be higher than 100C or lower than -20C.
2. The humidity was detected to be higher than 100%.
Cycle the power.
Refer to Hum Temp Sensor Error FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
016-300 Reboot the Printer <ESS Data Cache Error>
CPU Data Cache Error
Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-301 Reboot the Printer <ESS Instruction Cache Error>
CPU Instruction Cache Error
CH 3.3
016-302 Reboot the Printer <ESS Illegal Exception>
CPU Illegal Exception
CH 3.3
016-317 Reboot the Printer <ESS ROM Check (Main) Error>
Main Program ROM Checksum error.
CH 3.3
2-6
LCD <Failed Items>
Trouble Description
BSD
016-310 Reboot the Printer <ESS FontROM Error (Main)>
Printer Font ROM Checksum Error.
CH 3.3
016-315 Reboot the Printer <ESS On-Board RAM W/R Check Failure>
Error was detected in the Standard RAM W/R Check at initialization.
CH 3.3
016-316 Reboot the Printer <ESS RAM DIMM W/R Check Failure>
Error was detected in the Standard RAM W/R Check at initialization.
CH 3.3
016-323 Reboot the Printer <ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Error>
Error was detected in the Master NVRAM W/R Check.
CH 3.3
Error was detected in the Backup NVRAM W/R Check.
CH 3.3
Error was detected in the NVRAM W/R Check for Print Log.
CH 3.3
Error was detected in the NVRAM W/R Check for Print Log.
CH 3.3
016-327 Reboot the Printer <ESS NVRAM1 ID Check Failure>
Error occurs when the Backup device is inserted into the Master socket.
Replace with the correct device. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-328 Reboot the Printer <ESS NVRAM2 ID Check Failure>
Error occurs when the Master device is inserted into the Backup socket.
Replace with the correct device. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-330 Reboot the Printer <NIC-ESS Communication Error>
Communication error between NIC and ESS.
CH 3.3
016-331 Reboot the Printer <NIC Flash ROM Boot Module Checksum Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-332 Reboot the Printer <NIC RAM R/W Test Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-333 Reboot the Printer <NIC Flash ROM Application Module Checksum Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-334 Reboot the Printer <NIC MAC Address Checksum Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-335 Reboot the Printer <NIC Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-336 Reboot the Printer <NIC Internal Loopback Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-340 Reboot the Printer <On Board Network Communication Error>
Communication error between 1 CPU Network and ESS F/W
CH 3.3
016-344 Reboot the Printer <On Board Network MAC Address Checksum Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-345 Reboot the Printer <On Board Network Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-346 Reboot the Printer <On Board Network Internal Loopback Error> Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-312 Reboot the Printer <ESS HD Error>
A HDD error was detected.
CH 3.3
016-313 Reboot the Printer <ASIC Error>
TBD
CH 3.3
2-7
LCD <Failed Items>
Trouble Description
BSD
016-360 Reboot the Printer <PCI option #0 Fail> PCI option 0 detection error. Cycle the power. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
016-361 Reboot the Printer <PCI Option#1 Fail>
PCI option 1 detection error.
CH 3.3
016-314 Turn off the power <Video Sync Fail>
Incorrect synchronize signal input was detected.
CH 3.3
016-350 Turn off the power <IEEE1284 Data Error>
An IEEE1284 Controller error was detected.
CH 3.3
016-370 Reboot the Printer0 <IOT-ESS Communication Error>
Communication error between IOT and ESS.
CH 3.3
Initialize system setup
Please Press Set
<NVM Error>
A check to see if the write value is maintained in the specific NVM area at NVM initialization.
Press the key to restart the NVM initialization in an usual way. CH 3.1
CH 3.3
Paper Jam
Open B
<IOT Duplex JAM>
The Duplex Jam Sensor does not detect paper passing through within the specified time.
Remove jammed paper.
Refer to Duplex JAM FIP.
CH 10.4
CH 10.6
Paper Jam
Open A or B
<IOT Fuser JAM>
The Exit Sensor does not detect paper passing through within the specified time.
Refer to Fuser JAM FIP.
CH 10.1
CH 10.6
Paper Jam
Open A
<IOT Regi JAM>
The Regi Sensor does not detect paper passing through within the specified time.
Refer to REGI JAM FIP.
CH 8.6
CH 8.7
Paper Jam
Check tray
<IOT Feed JAM>
The Regi Sensor does not detect paper within the specified time.
Refer to FEED JAM FIP.
CH 8.6
CH 8.7
OHP Error
Open A
<IOT Media Type Mismatch>
1. Plain Paper was detected when Transparency has been specified for printing.
2. Transparency was detected when Plain Paper has been specified for printing.
Replace the paper.
Refer to Media Type Mismatch FIP.
CH 9.3
CH 9.8
Set <IOT X Toner Detached>
The TCRU SWITCH ASSY detected that the toner cartridge was not installed.
Install the toner cartridge.
Refer to Toner Cartridge Detached FIP.
is either Yellow (Y), Cyan (C), Magenta (M) or Black (K).
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
Set Transfer Roll Cartridge <IOT BTR Detached>
It was detected that the BTR UNIT ASSY was not installed.
Install the BTR UNIT ASSY.
Refer to BTR Detached FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
Set Drum Cartridge <IOT PHD Detached>
It was detected that the PHD ASSY was not installed.
Install the PHD ASSY.
Refer to PHD Detached FIP.
CH 3.2
CH 3.3
Replace
<IOT X Toner Empty>

Toner empty was detected.
Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Refer to the Yellow Toner Empty FIP, Magenta Toner Empty
FIP, Cyan Toner Empty FIP or Black Toner Empty FIP.
CH 9.5
CH 9.8
Replace Transfer Roll Cartridge <IOT BTR Life Over>
Life of BTR ASSY.
Replace the BTR ASSY.
Refer to BTR Life Over FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
Replace Drum Cartridge <IOT PHD Life Over>
Life of PHD ASSY.
Replace the PHD ASSY.
Refer to PHD Life Over FIP.
CH 3.2
CH 3.3
This Drum Cartridge cannot be used-ID
Error
<IOT CRUM ID Error>
The PHD ASSY ID is different from the ID recorded.
Refer to CRUM ID Error FIP.
CH 3.2
CH 3.3
Clean the Image Quality Adjustment
Sensor
<IOT ADC Sensor Dustiness>
The ADC SENSOR ASSY signal level was below the specified value.
Clean the ADC SENSOR ASSY.
Refer to ADC Sensor Dustiness FIP.
CH 9.7
CH 9.8
2-8
LCD <Failed Items>
Trouble Description
BSD
Close Front Cover <IOT Front Cover Open>
The Front Cover is open.
Close the front cover.
Refer to the Front Cover FIP.
CH 1.1
CH 1.2
Remove paper in the output tray <IOT Standard Stacker Full>
The paper output tray is full.
Remove the the output paper
Refer to Full Stack FIP.
CH 10.4
CH 10.6
(Standby/Auto Paper Supply)
Set Tray
(When tray is specified)
Set Tray N
<Tray Detached>
At Standby or when Auto Paper Supply was specified, all existing trays were opened. (All
Tray Detached).
When a paper tray is specified, the specified tray is open. (Specified Tray Detached)
Insert the tray.
N indicates the Tray No.
CH 7.1
CH 7.2
CH 7.3
CH 7.4
(When the error occurs in paper supply
from the tray)
Check paper in the Tray N
(When the error occurs in paper supply
from the Bypass Tray)
Check paper in the Bypass Tray
<IOT Paper Size Mismatch>
Paper Size Mismatch is detected.
Open then close the tray, or pull out and insert the manual
feed paper again.
CH 7.1
CH 7.2
CH 7.3
CH 7.4
(When APS is specified)
Set to Tray
Set to Tray N
(When Bypass Tray is specified)
Set to Bypass Tray
(Standby)
1-Layer Tray Structure:
No Paper in Tray 1
N-Layers Tray Structure:
No Paper in all trays
<No Suitable Paper>
At Standby or when Auto Paper Supply was specified, no paper was loaded in all existing
trays (All Tray Empty).
When Auto Paper Supply was specified, the paper size in all existing trays did not match
(All Tray Size Mismatch).
When the tray was specified, no paper was loaded in the specified tray (Specified Tray
Empty).
When the tray was specified, the paper size in the specified tray did not match (Specified
Tray Size Mismatch).
Load the specified paper into the tray.
indicates the paper size.
CH 7.1
CH 7.2
CH 7.3
CH 7.4
CH 8.2
CH 8.7
(When APS is specified)
Set Tray
Set all trays
<Upper Cassette Detached>
When the Auto Paper Supply is selected, one of the trays above the trays that can supply
paper is open.
When a paper tray is specified, one of the trays above the specified tray is open.
Insert the tray.
N indicates the Tray No. at one level above the specified tray.
CH 7.1
CH 7.2
CH 7.3
CH 7.4
Out of Memory
Please Press Set
<Memory Overflow> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
Press the Set (Set/Eject) key to continue.
(Clear JOB)
--
Overrun Error
Please Press Set
<Overrun> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Print from next page)
--
Disk Full
Please Press Set
<Hard Disk Full> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
2-9
LCD <Failed Items>
Trouble Description
BSD
XPL2 Error
Please Press Set
<PDL Error> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
PDF Error
Please Press Set
<PDF Error> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
PDF Compression Error
Please Press Set
<PDF Compression Error> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
PDF Password Error
Please Press Set
<PDL Password Error> Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
Invalid Print Command
Please Press Set
<Job Environment Violation>
The printing conditions had been violated.
Press the Set (Set/Eject) key.
(Clear JOB)
--
Ready to Print
Replacement Time
<IOT X Toner Near Empty>
X toner is low.
Not required
Refer to Yellow Toner Empty FIP.
Refer to Magenta Toner Empty FIP.
Refer to Cyan Toner Empty FIP.
Refer to Black Toner Empty FIP.
CRU Warning.
CH 9.5
Ready to Print
Transfer Roll Cartridge Replacement Time
<BTR Life Warning>
Life of BTR UNIT ASSY is near to end.
Not required
Refer to BTR Life Over FIP.
CRU Warning.
CH9.7
Ready to Print
Drum Cartridge Replacement Time
<PHD Life Warning>
Life of PHD ASSY is near to end.
Not required
Refer to PHD Life Over FIP.
CRU Warning.
CH3.2
Ready to Print
Paper Adjustment Sensor Inspection Time
<ERU Warning>
The ADC SENSOR ASSY signal level was below the specified value.
Not required
Refer to CTD SENSOR Dustiness FIP.
CH9.7
Not Displayed <IOT X Cassette Near Empty>
Paper in the paper cassette is low.
Not required
Refer to the Tray 1 Paper Near Empty FIP, Tray 2 Paper Near
Empty FIP and Tray 3 Paper Near Empty FIP.
CH7.1
CH7.2
CH7.3
Ready to Print
Service Call JXXXXXXX
<ERU Warning>
Life of FUSER ASSY 100V is near to end.
Not required
Refer to Fuser Life Over FIP.
ERU warning XXXXX is the ERU No.
1: Fuser Unit
CH3.2
2-10
2.3.2 Failure FIPs
Printer
001-360 Fan Motor Failure FIP PL1.1/PL15.1
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Check the following for error:
Installation status of Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9)
Installation status of Fan Rear (PL15.1.3)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Fan Rear (PL15.1.3) Fail signal
Measure the voltage at the following connectors on the
Drive PWB (PL15.1.15).
Between P/J42-29 and P/J42-14/15
Is the voltage between P/J42-29 and P/J42-14/15 equal
to 3.3VDC?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 5.
3
Power supply to the Fan Rear (PL15.1.3)
1. Measure the voltage between the connectors
P/J166-1 and P/J166-3 on the LVPS (PL15.1.10).
Is the voltage between P/J166-1 and P/J166-3 equal to
15VDC or 24VDC?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
LVPS.
(REP15.3)
4
Fan Rear (PL15.1.3)
1. Replace the Fan Rear. (REP15.2)
2. Turn on the power.
Does the problem persist?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Problem solved.
5
Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9) Fail signal
to 3.3VDC?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
6
Power supply to the Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9)
Between P/J50-7 and P/J50-9
24VDC?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the Drive
PWB.
(REP15.5)
7
Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9)
1. Replace the Fuser Fan. (REP1.3)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Problem solved.
003-340 Firmware Error FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Is the error occurring even after turning the power Off/On?
Go to Step 2.
See how things go
for a while. If the
error occurs again,
go to Step 2.
2
Connection of Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
Check the connection of the connector P/J144 on the
EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8).
Is P/J144 connected properly?
Go to Step 3.
Connect P/J144
properly.
3
3.3VDC power supply to the EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J144 on the EEPROM
PWB.
2. Measure the voltage between J144-2 and J144-1.
Is the voltage between J144-2 and J144-1 equal to 3.3VDC?
4
3.3VDC power supply to the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J61 on the Drive PWB.
Go to Step 5. Go to FIP-DC.
5
1. Remove the MCU AND HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
2. Check the connection of the connector P/J140 on
the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
Go to Step 6.
Connect P/J140
properly.
6
Continuity of Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J140 on the MCU
AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
3. Check the continuity of the following circuit(s):
Between J140-9 and J144-2
Is the connection between J140 and J144 conducting?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
7
EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8)
1. Replace the EEPROM PWB. (REP12.8)
Is the error code still displayed?
Go to Step 8. Problem solved.
2-11
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
Go to Step 9.
Connect P/J140
properly.
9
Continuity of Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J140 on the MCU AND
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
10
MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
1. Replace the MCU AND HVPS PWB with a new unit.
(REP15.1)
Go to FIP-Noise. Problem solved.
003-356 NV-RAM Error FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Is the error occurring even after turning the power Off/On?
Go to Step 2.
See how things go
for a while. If the
error occurs again,
go to Step 2.
2
EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8)
Can the system enter the NV Data operation mode? Go to Step 3.
Replace the
EEPROM PWB.
(REP12.8)
3
NVM data
Is the data set appropriately?
Go to Step 4.
Revise the NVM
data.
4
(REP15.1)
006-370 ROS Failure FIPPL11.1
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY ROS (PL15.2.5)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J151 on the ROS Assy.
(REP11.1)
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
3. Check the continuity between J15 and J1512.
Is the connection between J15 and P151 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 2.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
ROS. (PL15.2.5)
2
PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
1. Install a new PHD Assy.
3
Continuity (1) of the LD 5VDC circuit.
2. Check the continuity between P15-6 and P140-1.
Is the connection between P15-6 and P140-1
conducting?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
4
Continuity of the Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10) and
Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8)
Check the continuity of the following circuit(s):
Between J140-1 and P71-6, and J71-1 and J710-6
Is the circuit(s) conducting?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
5
5VDC/24VDC power supply
1. Remove the PHD Assy. (PL11.1.3)
2. Measure the voltage between the following
terminals on the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15).
Between P/J41-24 and P/J41-21/22 (5VDC)
Between P/J41-17/18 and P/J41-19/20
(24VDC at Interlock Switch ON)
Is the voltage between each terminal at the specified
value?
6
Continuity of the Harness Assy DRV1 (PL15.2.2)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J41 on the Drive PWB
(PL15.1.15).
Between J41-17/18 and J11-24/23
Between J41-19/20 and J11-22/21
Between J41-21/22 and J11-20/19
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV1. (PL15.2.2)
2-12
Action
Step Check
Yes No
7
Continuity of the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
1. Disconnect the connectors P/J15 and P/J140 on
the MCU AND HVPS PWB.
Between P11-23/24 and P15-4
Between P11-17 and P15-7 and P140-6
Go to Step 10.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
8
Continuity of Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
1. Disconnect the connectors P/J60 and P/J61 on the
Drive PWB.
Between P60-1 and P41-17/18 (Press the
Interlock Switch), and P61-8 and P41-24
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
9
Continuity of the Harness Assy 24V (PL15.2.6) and
Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
the LVPS (PL15.1.10).
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
10
ROS Assy (PL11.1.1)
1. Replace the ROS Assy with a new unit. (REP11.1)
11
(REP15.1)
12
CONN ASSY CRUM MC (PL12.3.10)
1. Replace the CONN ASSY CRUM MC.
009-340 ADC Sensor Error FIPPL6.1)
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the ADC SENSOR ASSY
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY ADC
Is the connection between J136 and J1361 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
CTD.
3
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A
properly?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT 1A.
4
Check the ADC SENSOR ASSY
Does the error occur again after the ADC SENSOR ASSY
is replaced with a new unit?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Action
completed.
009-342 Low Density Error FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of BTR Assy (PL9.1.2)
Installation status of ADC Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11)
Installation status of PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
Remaining Toner Amount
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the BTR Assy (PL9.1.2)
1. Replace the BTR ASSY. (REP9.2)
Does the error occur again after the BTR ASSY is replaced
with a new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check the PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
1. Replace the PHD Assy.
Does the error occur again after the PHD ASSY is replaced
with a new unit?
Go to Step 4.
Action
completed.
4
Check connection of HARNESS ASSY CTD (PL6.1.10)
Check the connector P/J136 between the HARNESS
ASSY CTD and ADC Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11). (REP6.2)
Is the HARNESS ASSY CTD connected properly to the
ADC Sensor Assy?
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
2-13
Action
Step Check
Yes No
5
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY CTD (PL6.1.10)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J136 on the ADC
Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11).
2. Disconnect the relay connector P/J1361 between
the Harness Assy CTD and Harness Assy Front1
(PL15.2.7).
properly?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
CTD. (PL6.1.10)
6
Check continuity of Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7)
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between P1361-1 and J13-16
Is the connection between P1361 and J13 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
7
5VDC power supply
(PL15.1.15).
2. Measure the voltage between P41-24 and P41-21/22.
Is the voltage between P41-24 and P41-21/22 equal to
5VDC?
8
Continuity of the Harness Assy DRV 1 (PL15.2.2)
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
2. Check the continuity between J41-24 and J11-17.
Is the connection between J41-24 and J11-17 conducting?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
9
ADC Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11)
1. Replace the ADC Sensor Assy. (REP6.2)
Does the error occur again after the ADC Sensor Assy is
replaced with a new unit?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Action
completed.
10
Is the voltage between J61-8 and J61-7 equal to 5VDC?
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 11.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
11
Continuity of Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J165 on the LVPS
(PL15.1.10).
2. Measure the voltage between P165-1 and P165-2.
Is the voltage between P165-1 and P165-2 equal to 5VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Go to FIP-DC.
010-317 Fuser Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
1. Remove the FUSER ASSY 100V. (REP9.1)
2. Measure the resistance between P321-A4 and
P321-A5.
Is the resistance between P321-A4 and P321-A5 below
400K?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the Fuser
Assy 100V.
(REP9.1)
3
Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
1. Install a new unit of FUSER ASSY 100V. (REP9.1)
4
Check continuity of Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
the Harness Assy FSR2 and Harness Assy Front 1
(PL15.2.7).
Between J232-A1 and P138-5
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
Harness Assy
FSR2. (REP6.4)
5
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between J138-1 and P13-21
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
2-14
010-350 Fuser Failure FIPPL9.1)
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the connector between the Fuser Assy 100V
(PL9.1.1) and Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
1. Remove the Fuser Assy 100V.
2. Check the pin of the connector between the Fuser
Assy 100V and Harness Assy FSR2 is not broken or
bended.
Is the pin between the Fuser Assy 100V and Harness Assy
FSR2 broken or bended?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
appropriate
part(s).
3
1. Replace the Fuser Assy 100V. (REP9.1)
Go to Step 4.
Action
completed.
4
Continuity of Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
2. Disconnect the relay connector P/J138 between the
Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7) and Harness Assy
FSR 2.
(PL15.1.10).
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
Harness Assy
FSR2. (PL6.1.8)
5
Continuity of Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7)
HVPS PWB. (PL15.1.2)
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
6
(PL15.1.15).
(PL15.1.10).
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Action
Step Check
Yes No
7
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
(PL15.1.15).
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
8
Check the continuity between P42-11 and P61-4 on the
Drive PWB.
Is the connection between P42-11 and P61-4 conducting?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
9
LVPS (PL15.1.10)
1. Install a new unit of LVPS. (REP15.3)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Problem solved.
010-351 Fuser Life Over FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Check NVM
1. Initialize the Fuser Assy 100V counter.
Is the error still occurring even after clearing the Fuser
counter?
2
(REP15.1)
2-15
010-354 Hum Temp Sensor Error FIPPL4.2
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the HUM TEMP SENSOR
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check signal of HARNESS ASSY TMPA
Is the voltage between P/J2361-1PIN and P/J2361-2PIN
equal to 3VDC, or less than 0.1VDC?
3
higher than 2.5VDC?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
4
equal to 5VDC?
Replace the
SENSOR HUM
TEMP.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Duplex JAM FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Chute Assy Exit (PL8.1.1)
Installation status of Dup Motor Assy (PL8.1.8)
Installation status of Actuator Dup (PL7.1.14)
Installation status of Chute Assy Out
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Is the paper in the TRAY 1/2/3 or TRAY ASSY MSI
(PL1.2.12) normal and not curled, crumple or wet? Go to Step 3.
Replace the
paper, then go to
Step 3.
3
Paper Transport Path
Check the paper transport path.
Are there foreign substances on the paper transport path?
Go to Step 4.
Remove the
foreign
substances, then
go to Step 4.
4
Perform Test Print.
5
Check Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam)
Check with the Digital Input Test.
Check that the Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam) is
functioning properly?
6
Power supply to the Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J133 on the Dup Jam
Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam).
Is the voltage between J133-3 and J232-A4 equal to
3.3VDC?
Action
Step Check
Yes No
7
Continuity of Harness Assy Front 2 (PL7.1.1) and Harness
Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7)
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
8
Continuity of the power supply circuit of the MCU AND
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
HVPS PWB.
2. Check the continuity between P11-18 and P/J13-1.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
9
2. Measure the voltage between the connectors P41-23
and P/J41-22/21 on the Drive PWB. (PL15.1.15)
to 3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
Go to Step 10.
10
Continuity of power supply circuit of the Drive PWB
(PL15.1.15)
and P/J61-5 on the Drive PWB. (PL15.1.15)
3.3VDC?
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 11.
11
and P/J165-4 on the LVPS. (PL15.1.10)
3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Go to FIP-DC.
12
Check signal of Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam)
2. Connect the connector again by removing the Dup
Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam).
3. Insert paper etc at the detection area of the Dup Jam
Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam) then remove it.
4. Measure the voltage between P/J133-1 and P/J133-2.
Is the voltage between J133-1 and J133-2 equal to 0VDC
when paper is inserted, and 3.3VDC when paper is
removed?
2-16
Action
Step Check
Yes No
13
1. Disconnect the connector P/J133 on the Dup Jam
Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam).
Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7) and Harness Assy
Front 2.
properly?
Go to Step 14.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 2. (PL7.1.1)
14
properly?
Go to Step 16.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
15
Check Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13) (Dup Jam)
1. Replace the Dup Jam Sensor (PL7.1.13). (REP7.4)
2. Perform 2-Sided printing.
Go to Step 16.
Action
completed.
16
EXIT ROLL
Manually turn the Exit Roll of the Fuser Assy 100V
(PL9.1.1).
Is the EXIT ROLL rotating smoothly when it was being
turned manually?
Go to Step 17.
Replace the parts
that hinder
rotation.
17
Check operation of Dup Motor Assy (PL8.1.8)
Perform 2-Sided printing.
Is the paper inverted when 2-Sided printing is performed?
18
Check Dup Motor Assy (PL8.1.8)
1. Install the PHD Assy.
2. Check with the Digital Output Test.
Is the Dup Motor Assy functioning properly?
19
Power of Dup Motor Assy (PL8.1.8)
2. Turn ON the I/L Switch.
P/J50-1 and P/J60-2 on the Drive PWB.
24VDC?
Go to Step 20.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Action
Step Check
Yes No
20
(PL15.1.15)
24VDC?
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 21.
21
Continuity of Harness Assy 24V (PL15.2.6)
(PL15.1.10).
(PL15.1.15).
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
22
Check continuity of Harness Assy Dup (PL7.2.7)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J131 on the Dup Motor
Assy (PL8.1.8).
(PL15.1.15).
properly?
Go to Step 23.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Dup. (PL7.2.7)
23
Check Dup Motor Assy (PL8.1.8)
1. Replace the Dup Motor Assy. (REP8.4)
2. Perform 2-Sided printing.
Does the error occur again after the Dup Motor Assy is
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Action
completed.
2-17
Fuser JAM FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the SENSOR EXIT actuator
Installation status of Chute Assy In
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
2. Perform Test Print.
Does the error occur again after the Fuser Assy 100V is
3
Replace the
paper, then go to
Step 4.
4
Go to Step 5.
Remove the
foreign
substances, then
go to Step 5.
5
Perform Test Print.
6
Connector of the Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
Check that the pin of the connector is not broken or
bended by removing the Fuser Assy 100V (REP9.1).
Is the connector of the Fuser Assy 100V deformed or
damaged?
Replace the Fuser
Assy 100V.
(REP9.1)
Go to Step 7.
7
Check SENSOR EXIT
Is the SENSOR EXIT functioning properly?
8
Power supply to the Sensor Exit
2. Remove the Sensor Exit from the FUSER ASSY 100V.
(REP9.1)
3. Connect the connector P/J232 of the Sensor Exit.
J232-A5 and J232-A4 on the Harness Assy FSR2
(PL6.1.8).
Is the voltage between J232-A5 and J232-A4 equal to
3.3VDC?
Action
Step Check
Yes No
9
Continuity of Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8) and Harness
Between J13-17 and J138-5, and P138-1 and
J232-A5
J232-A4
J232-A3
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
10
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
HVPS PWB.
Is the connection between P11-18 and P/J13-17
conducting?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
11
Is the voltage between P/J41-23 and P/J41-22/21 equal to
3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
Go to Step 12.
12
(PL15.1.15)
3.3VDC?
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 13.
13
3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Go to FIP-DC.
14
Check signal of Sensor Exit
1. Insert paper etc at the detection area of the Sensor
Exit and remove it.
0VDC when paper is inserted, and 3.3VDC when paper is
removed?
2-18
Action
Step Check
Yes No
15
Check continuity of Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
Harness Assy FSR2 and Harness Assy Front 1
(PL15.2.7).
properly?
Go to Step 16.
Replace the
Harness Assy
FSR2. (PL6.1.8)
16
properly?
Go to Step 17.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
17
Check operation of Fuser Drive Assy (PL6.2.1)
2. Check that the lead edge of the paper is inserted
between the Heat Roll and Belt Assy.
Check that the lead edge of the paper is inserted between
the Heat Roll and Belt Assy when making a one-sheet print.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 18.
18
Check Fuser Drive Assy (PL6.2.1)
Check with the Digital Output Test.
Is the Fuser Drive Assy functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 19.
19
Power of Fuser Drive Assy (PL6.2.1)
3. Measure the voltage between the connectors P/J52-1
and P/J60-2 on the Drive PWB.
Is the voltage between P/J52-1 and P/J60-2 equal to 24VDC?
20
(PL15.1.15)
3. Measure the voltage between the connectors P/J60-1
and P/J60-2 on the Drive PWB.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 21.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
21
(PL15.1.10).
(PL15.1.15).
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
22
Check Fuser Drive Assy (PL6.2.1)
1. Replace the Fuser Assy. (REP6.4)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Action
completed.
Regi JAM FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Actuator Regi (PL10.1.21)
Installation status of Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
Installation status
of Chute Regi ST
(PL10.1.1)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Replace the
paper, then go to
Step 3.
3
Go to Step 4.
Remove the
foreign
substances, then
go to Step 4.
4
Perform Test Print.
5
Check Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
Is the Regi Sensor functioning properly?
6
Check connection of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12) harness
1. Remove the Chute Regi ST. (REP10.1)
2. Check the connection of the connector P/J181 on the
Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20).
Go to Step 7.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
7
Actuator Regi (PL10.1.21)
Manually operate the Actuator Regi and release it, and
observe its operation.
Is the Actuator Regi operating smoothly?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
Actuator Regi.
(REP10.3)
2-19
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Continuity of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12) harness
2. Disconnect the connector P/J181 on the Regi Sensor
(PL10.1.20).
properly?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the
Chute Regi ST.
(REP10.1)
9
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
HVPS PWB.
Go to Step 10.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
10
Is the voltage between P/J41-23 and P/J41-22/21 equal to
3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
Go to Step 11.
11
(PL15.1.15)
Is the voltage between P/J61-6 and P/J61-5 equal to 3.3VDC?
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 12.
12
3.3VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Go to FIP-DC.
13
Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
1. Replace the Regi Sensor. (REP10.2)
14
Check Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12)
Perform the checking with the INTERLOCK SW closed.
Is the Regi Clutch functioning properly?
Action
Step Check
Yes No
15
Measure resistance of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12)
Disconnect the connector J18 of the Regi Clutch.
Is the resistance between J18-4 and J18-5 below 200?
Go to Step 16.
Replace the Regi
Clutch.
(REP10.1)
16
Power supply of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12)
2. Close the INTERLOCK SW.
P/J41-17/18 and P41-19/20 on the Drive PWB.
(PL15.1.15)
Is the voltage between P41-17/18 and P41-19/20 equal to
24VDC?
17
(PL15.1.15).
Between J41-17/18 and J11-24/23
Between J41-19/20 and J11-22/21
Go to Step 18.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
18
Power supply circuit of the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
HVPS PWB.
2. Check the continuity between P11-23/24 and P18-4.
Is the connection between P11-23/24 and P18-4 conducting?
Go to Step 21.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
19
Roll Regi Metal (PL10.1.9) and Roll Regi Rubber (PL10.1.10)
Manually turn the Roll Regi Metal and Roll Regi Rubber.
Is each roll rotating smoothly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the parts
that hinder
rotation.
20
Power supply circuit of Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
2. Close the I/L Switch on the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15).
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 21.
21
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
2-20
Feed JAM FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the paper cassette
Paper status inside cassette
The Roll or Gear inside the FEEDER for wear and damage
Paper path for paper chips or foreign substance
Installation status of Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
Installation status of Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.19)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Has the problem occurred only when paper was fed from
TRAY 2 or TRAY 3?
3
Paper
Check the paper on TRAY 1 or TRAY ASSY MSI (PL1.2.12).
Is the paper normal and not curled, crumple or wet?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
paper, then go to
Step 4.
4
Go to Step 5.
Remove the
foreign
substances, then
go to Step 5.
5
Perform Test Print.
6
Check Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
1. Insert paper in between the Roll Regi Metal (PL10.1.9)
and Roll Regi Rubber (PL10.1.10) from the bottom
and remove it.
2. Check with the Digital Input Test.
Is the Regi Sensor functioning properly?
7
Check connection of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12) harness
1. Remove the Chute Regi ST. (REP10.1)
2. Check the connection of the connector P/J181 on the
Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20).
Is the connector P/J181 connected properly?
Go to Step 8.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
8
3.3VDC power supply to the Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
Measure the voltage between the connectors P18-1 and
P18-2 on the MCU AND HVPS PWB.
Is the voltage between P18-1 and P18-2 equal to 3.3VDC?
9
10
(PL15.1.15)
Between P61-6 and P41-23
Between P61-5 and P41-21/22
Go to Step 11.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Action
Step Check
Yes No
11
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between J41-22/21 and J11-19/20
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV1. (PL15.2.2)
12
Check continuity of Regi Clutch (PL10.1.12) harness
1. Disconnect the connector P/J181 on the Regi Sensor
(PL10.1.20).
properly?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the Regi
Clutch. (REP10.1)
13
Regi Sensor (PL10.1.20)
1. Replace the Regi Sensor. (REP10.2)
14
Check operation of Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.9)
1. Make a one-sheet print with the same paper supply
method in which the trouble has occurred.
2. Check if the Main Drive Assy is rotating by listening to
the sound. (When it is difficult to judge, follow the
steps for No.)
Is the Main Drive Assy rotating?
Tray1
Go to Step 27.
MSI
Go to Step 46.
Go to Step 15.
15
Check the Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.9)
3. Check the Main Drive Assy operation with the Digital
Output Test.
Is the Main Drive Assy functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 16.
16
Check power supply to Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.9)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J48 on the Drive
PWB (PL15.1.15).
3. Close the I/L Switch.
4. Measure the voltage between P48-1 and P/J60-2.
Is the voltage between P48-1 and P/J60-2 equal to 24VDC?
2-21
Action
Step Check
Yes No
17
Check the I/L Switch.
1. Remove the Cover Side R. (REP1.9)
2. Open and close the Cover Assy Front Head (PL1.1.2).
3. Check the operation of I/L Switch on the Drive PWB
(PL15.1.15).
Is the I/L Switch pressed properly?
Go to Step 18.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
18
Check the function of I/L Switch.
2. Check the continuity of the following circuits while
pressing and releasing the I/L Switch:
Check if each circuit conducts when the I/L Switch is
pressed, and does not conduct when the I/L Switch is
released.
Go to Step 19.
Replace the Drive
PWB.
(REP15.5)
19
Check 24VDC power supply to the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
Replace the Drive
PWB.
(REP15.5)
Go to Step 20.
20
(PL15.1.15), and the connector P/J63 on the LVPS
(PL15.1.10).
Go to Step 21.
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
21
(PL15.1.15)
2. Check the continuity between P47-13 and P60-1,
pressing the Interlock Switch.
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
22
2. Measure the voltage between the following terminals:
Between J61-8 and J61-7 (5VDC)
Between J61-6 and J61-5 (3.3VDC)
Is the voltage between P/J61 and P/J61 at the standard
value?
Action
Step Check
Yes No
23
Check continuity of Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
(PL15.1.10).
properly?
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
24
Check continuity of Harness Assy Drive 1 (PL15.2.2)
(PL15.1.15), and the connector P/J11 on the MCU
AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
Go to Step 25.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Drive 1.
(PL15.2.2)
25
Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
1. Replace the Drive PWB. (REP15.5)
26
Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.9)
1. Replace the Main Drive Assy. (REP14.2)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Problem solved.
27
Check operation of Tray 1 Turn Clutch Assy (PL4.3.18)
2. Check the position of the paper lead edge.
Does the paper lead edge pass through the Roll Assy Turn
(PL4.3.21)?
28
Check operation of Tray 1 Turn Clutch Assy (PL4.3.18)
2. Check the Tray 1 Turn Clutch Assy operation with the
Digital Output Test.
Is the Tray 1 Turn Clutch Assy functioning properly?
Check the
CLUTCH for slip
and the gear for
damages.
Replace any
damaged parts.
Go to Step 29.
29
Check 24VDC power supply to the Tray 1 Turn Clutch
Assy (PL4.3.18)
Measure the voltage between the connectors P/J47-13
24VDC?
2-22
Action
Step Check
Yes No
30
Check continuity of H/A Feeder (PL4.3.28)
(PL15.1.15), and the connector P/J475 on the Tray 1
Turn Clutch Assy (PL4.3.18).
Is the connection between J47 and P475 conducting?
Go to Step 33.
Replace the H/A
Feeder.
(PL4.3.28)
31
(PL15.1.15)
Drive PWB.
2. Check the continuity between P47-13 and P60-1,
Go to Step 32.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
32
(PL15.1.10).
Is each circuit conducting properly?
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
33
Check resistance of the Tray 1 Turn Clutch Assy (PL4.3.18)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J475 on the Tray 1
Turn Clutch Assy.
2. Measure the resistance between J475-1 and J475-2.
Go to Step 34.
Replace the Tray 1
Turn Clutch Assy.
(PL4.3.18)
34
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY DRV 2 (PL15.2.3)
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Is the connection between J12-9 and J42-22 conducting
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2. (PL15.2.3)
35
Check operation of Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (PL4.3.17)
2. Check the operation of the Roll Assy Feed (PL4.3.3)
from behind the printer.
Is the Roll Assy Feed rotating?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 36.
36
Check Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (PL4.3.17)
2. Check the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid operation with the
Is the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 37.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
37
Check 24VDC power supply to the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid
(PL4.3.17)
Measure the voltage between the connectors P/J47-11
24VDC?
38
Check continuity of H/A Feeder (PL4.3.28)
(PL15.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector P/J474 on the Tray 1 Feed
Solenoid. (REP4.17)
Go to Step 44.
Replace the H/A
Feeder.
(PL4.3.28)
39
Check the I/L Switch.
2. Open and close the Cover Assy Front Head (PL1.1.2).
(PL15.1.15).
Is the I/L Switch pressed properly?
Go to Step 40.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
40
Check the function of I/L Switch.
2. Check the continuity of the following circuits while
pressing and releasing the I/L Switch:
Check if each circuit conducts when the I/L Switch is
pressed, and does not conduct when the I/L Switch is
released.
Go to Step 41.
Replace the Drive
PWB.
(REP15.5)
41
Replace the Drive
PWB.
(REP15.5)
Go to Step 42.
42
(PL15.1.10).
Go to Step 43.
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
2-23
Action
Step Check
Yes No
43
(PL15.1.15)
Check the continuity between P47-13 and P60-1,
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
44
Check resistance of Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (PL4.3.17)
Disconnect the connector P/J474 on the Tray 1 Feed
Solenoid. (REP4.17)
Go to Step 45.
Replace the Tray 1
Feed Solenoid.
(PL4.3.17)
45
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2. (PL15.2.3)
46
Check operation of MSI Turn Clutch (PL5.1.9)
1. Perform printing with paper supply from MSI.
2. Check if the paper lead edge pass through the Roll
Turn (PL5.1.2)?
Does the paper lead edge pass through the Roll Turn?
47
Check MSI Turn Clutch (PL5.1.9)
2. Check the MSI Turn Clutch operation with the Digital
Output Test.
Is the MSI Turn Clutch functioning properly?
Check the
CLUTCH for slip
and the gear for
damages.
Replace any
damaged parts.
Go to Step 48.
48
Check resistance of MSI Turn Clutch (PL5.1.9)
Go to Step 49.
Replace the MSI
Turn Clutch.
(REP5.4)
49
24VDC power supply to the MSI Turn Clutch (PL5.1.9)
2. Disconnect the connector P/J41 on the Drive
PWB (PL15.1.15).
3. Close the I/L Switch on the Drive PWB.
4. Measure the voltage between P41-17/18 and
P41-19/20.
Is the voltage between P41-17/18 and P41-19/20 equal to
24VDC?
50
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to FIP-DC.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
51
Between J41-19/20 and J11-22/21
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV1. (PL15.2.2)
52
Check operation of MSI Feed Solenoid (PL7.2.28)
1. Perform printing with paper supply from MSI.
2. Check if the paper lead edge is fed by the Roll Assy
Feed (PL7.2.11).
Is the paper fed?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 53.
53
Check MSI Feed Solenoid (PL7.2.28)
2. Check the MSI Feed Solenoid operation with the
Is the MSI Feed Solenoid functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 54.
54
Check resistance of MSI Feed Solenoid (PL7.2.28)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J132 on the MSI Feed
Solenoid. (REP7.12)
Go to Step 55.
Replace MSI Feed
Solenoid.
(REP7.12)
55
Harness Assy Front 2 and Harness Assy Front 1
(PL15.2.7).
Is the connection between P132 and J139 conducting?
Go to Step 56.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 2. (PL7.1.1)
56
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Is the connection between P13 and J139 conducting?
Go to Step 57.
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
57
Check 24VDC power supply of the MSI Feed Solenoid
(PL7.2.28)
(PL15.1.15).
3. Measure the voltage between P41-17/18 and
P/J41-19/20.
Is the voltage between P41-17/18 and P/J41-19/20 equal
to 24VDC?
2-24
Action
Step Check
Yes No
58
P/J41-17/18 and P/J41-19/20 on the Drive PWB.
Is the voltage between P/J41-17/18 and P/J41-19/20
equal to 24VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
59
Power supply circuit of Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 60.
60
24VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
Media Type Mismatch FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of OHP Sensor (PL10.1.16)
Installation status of Chute Regi ST (PL10.1.1)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check OHP Sensor (PL10.1.16)
1. Check with the Digital Input Test.
2. Bring a Plain Paper near to the sensor and away it
from it.
3. Bring a Transparency near to the sensor and away it
from it.
Is the OHP SENSOR functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Check signal of the OHP Sensor (PL10.1.16)
1. Remove the OHP Sensor. (REP10.4)
2. Connect the connector of the OHP Sensor.
3. Measure the voltage between P/J321-2 and
P/J321-3 with the paper away from the sensor.
0VDC?
4
Check signal of the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
1. Bring a Plain Paper near to the OHP Sensor
(PL10.1.16).
2. Measure the vol tage between P/J321-2 and
P/J321-3.
Did the voltage between P/J321-2 and P/J321-3 change
from 0VDC to 3.3VDC?
5
Continuity of Harness Assy OHP (PL10.1.17)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J321 on the OHP
Sensor (PL10.1.16).
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2). (REP15.1)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
OHP (PL10.1.17)
6
Power supply to the OHP Sensor (PL10.1.16)
Measure the voltage between P/J321-1 and P/321-3.
5VDC?
Replace the OHP
SENSOR.
(REP10.4)
Go to Step 7.
2-25
Action
Step Check
Yes No
7
Continuity of Harness Assy OHP (PL10.1.17)
HVPS PWB.
2. Disconnect the connector P/J321 on the OHP
Sensor.
3. Check the conti nuity between J32-3 and
J321-1.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
Harness Assy
OHP.
(PL10.1.17)
8
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
HVPS PWB.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
9
(PL15.1.15).
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
10
(PL15.1.15).
Is the connection between P41 and P61 properly?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
11
(PL15.1.10).
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the cartridge
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) (Y)
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) Actuator
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) connector
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) (PL12.2.30)
Is the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Signal voltage to the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) (PL12.2.30)
(PL15.1.15).
Is the voltage between P51-11 and P51-12 equal to
3.3VDC?
4
Operation the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) (PL12.2.30)
1. Press and release the TCRU Switch Assy (Y)
Does the connection between J51-11 and J51-12
conduct when the TCRU Switch Assy (Y) is pressed, and
does the connection get cut off when it is released?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 5.
5
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY TNR (PL12.1.6)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J431 on the TCRU
Switch Assy (Y).
properly?
Replace the
TCRU Switch
Assy (Y).
(REP12.6)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
6
Drive PWB.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
7
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
2-26
Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) (M)
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (M) Actuator
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (M) connector
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the TCRU Switch Assy (M) (PL12.2.30)
Is the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Signal voltage to the TCRU Switch Assy (M) (PL12.2.30)
(PL15.1.15).
4
Operation of the TCRU Switch Assy (M) (PL12.2.30)
1. Press and release the TCRU Switch Assy (M)
conduct when the TCRU Switch Assy (M) is pressed, and
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 5.
5
Switch Assy (M).
properly?
Replace the
TCRU Switch
Assy (M).
(REP12.6)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
6
Drive PWB.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
7
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) (C)
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (C) Actuator
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (C) connector
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30)
Is the TCRU Switch Assy functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Signal voltage to the TCRU Switch Assy (C) (PL12.2.30)
(PL15.1.15).
4
Operation the TCRU Switch Assy (C) (PL12.2.30)
1. Press and release the TCRU Switch Assy (C)
conduct when the TCRU Switch Assy (C) is pressed, and
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 5.
5
Switch Assy (C).
properly?
Replace the
TCRU Switch
Assy (C).
(REP12.6)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
6
Drive PWB.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
7
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
2-27
Black Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (PL12.2.30) (K)
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (K) Actuator
Installation status of the TCRU Switch Assy (K) connector
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the TCRU Switch Assy (K) (PL12.2.30)
Is the TCRU Switch Assy functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Signal voltage to the TCRU Switch Assy (K) (PL12.2.30)
(PL15.1.15).
4
Operation the TCRU Switch Assy (K) (PL12.2.30)
1. Press and release the TCRU Switch Assy (K)
Does the connection between J51-31 and J5-32 conduct
when the TCRU Switch Assy (K) is pressed, and does the
connection get cut off when it is released?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 5.
5
Switch Assy (K).
properly?
Replace the
TCRU Switch
Assy (K).
(REP12.6)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
6
Drive PWB.
Is the connection between P42-3 and P51-31
conducting?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
7
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
BTR Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of ADC Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
BTR Assy (PL9.1.2)
Does this error persist after the BTR ASSY is replaced with
a new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check connection of HARNESS ASSY CTD (PL6.1.10)
1. Remove the BTR Assy . (REP9.2)
the ADC Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11).
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
4
Connection of Harness Assy CTD (PL6.1.10) and Harness
Check the connection of the relay connector P/J1361
between the Harness Assy CTD and Harness Assy
Front 1.
Go to Step 5.
Reinstall or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
5
5VDC power supply to the ADC Sensor Assy
(PL6.1.11)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J136 on the ADC
Sensor Assy (PL6.1.11).
6
the Harness Assy CTD and Harness Assy Front 1
(PL15.2.7).
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
CTD. (PL6.1.10)
7
5VDC power supply to the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
8
(PL15.1.15)
Is the connection between P61-8 and P41-24 conducting
properly?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
2-28
Action
Step Check
Yes No
9
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between J41-22/21 and J11-19/20
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV1. (PL15.2.2)
10
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
11
Check signal of Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7)
0VDC?
Replace the ADC
Sensor Assy.
(REP6.2)
Go to Step 12.
12
the Harness Assy CTD and Harness Assy Front 1
(PL15.2.7).
properly?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
CTD. (PL6.1.10)
13
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Front 1.
(PL15.2.7)
PHD Detached FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Installation status of PWBA CRUM inside the PHD ASSY
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
Does this error persist after the PHD ASSY is replaced with
a new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Connection of the Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8) and
Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
between the Harness Assy CRUM and Harness Assy
EEPROM.
Go to Step 4.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM (PL12.3.8)
and Harness Assy
EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
4
Check connection of Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8)
Check the connection of the connector P/J710
between the Conn Assy CRUM MC (PL12.3.10) and
Harness Assy CRUM.
Go to Step 5.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
5
Power supply to the PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8) and Harness Assy
EEPROM (PL15.2.10).
6
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY CRUM (PL12.3.8)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J710 on the Conn Assy
CRUM MC (PL12.3.10). (REP12.1)
properly?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
7
Power supply of the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
Is the voltage between J61-6 and J61-5/7 equal to 3.3VDC?
2-29
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
(PL15.1.15)
Is the connection between P61 and P41 conducting?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
9
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between J41-21/22 and J11-20/19
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV1. (PL15.2.2)
10
Check continuity of Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
11
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY CRUM (PL12.3.8)
CRUM MC (PL12.3.10). (REP12.1)
Harness Assy CRUM and Harness Assy EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
properly?
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
12
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
Yellow Toner Empty FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Low Toner Sensor (PL12.2.28)
Installation status of TONER CARTRIDGE
Installation status of TONER MOTOR
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL12.1.1)
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y).
Does the error persist after the cartridge is replaced with a
new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check signal of Low Toner Sensor (Y) (PL12.2.28)
Measure the vol tage between the connectors
(PL15.1.15)
Is the voltage between P/J51-16 and P/J51-15 below
0.2VDC?
4
(PL15.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector P/J441 on the Low Toner
Sensor (Y) (PL12.2.28).
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
5
Check Low Toner Sensor (PL12.2.28)
1. Replace the Low Toner Sensor. (REP12.7)
Does the error persist?
Go to Step 6.
Action
completed.
6
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
7
Check TONER MOTOR
Is the TONER MOTOR functioning properly?
Check the
AUGER and Gear
for stirring toner is
not damaged.
Go to Step 8.
2-30
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Power Supply to Toner Motor (Y) of the Holder Toner Assy
(Y) (PL12.2.1)
2. Turn ON the I/L Switch on the Drive PWB
(PL15.1.15).
24VDC?
9
1. Disconnect the connector P/J514 on the Holder
Toner Assy (Y) (PL12.2.1).
(PL15.1.15).
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
10
Check TONER MOTOR
1. Replace the Holder Toner Assy (Y). (REP12.2)
Does the error persist after the TONER MOTOR is
Go to Step 11.
Action
completed.
11
Replace the Drive
PWB (REP15.5).
If the problem
persists, replace
the MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Drive 1.
(PL15.2.2)
12
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 13.
13
(PL15.1.10).
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
Magenta Toner Empty FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL12.1.2)
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge (M).
new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check signal of Low Toner Sensor (M) (PL12.2.28)
(PL15.1.15)
0.2VDC?
4
(PL15.1.15).
Sensor (M) (PL12.2.28).
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
5
Go to Step 6.
Action
completed.
6
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
7
Check TONER MOTOR
Check the
AUGER and Gear
not damaged.
Go to Step 8.
2-31
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Power Supply to Toner Motor (M) of the Holder Toner Assy
(M) (PL12.2.1)
2. Turn ON the I/L Switch on the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15).
24VDC?
9
Toner Assy (M) (PL12.2.1).
(PL15.1.15).
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
10
Check TONER MOTOR
1. Replace the Holder Toner Assy (M). (REP12.3)
Go to Step 11.
Action
completed.
11
Replace the Drive
PWB (REP15.5).
If the problem
persists, replace
the MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Drive 1.
(PL15.2.2)
12
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 13.
13
(PL15.1.10).
Is the voltage between P163-1 and P163-2 equal to
24VDC?
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
Cyan Toner Empty FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL12.1.3)
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge (C).
new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check signal of Low Toner Sensor (C) (PL12.2.28)
(PL15.1.15)
0.2VDC?
4
(PL15.1.15).
Sensor (C) (PL12.2.28).
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
5
Go to Step 6.
Action
completed.
6
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
7
Check TONER MOTOR
Check the
AUGER and Gear
not damaged.
Go to Step 8.
2-32
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Power Supply to Toner Motor (C) of the Holder Toner Assy
(C) (PL12.2.1)
P/J60-2.
24VDC?
9
Toner Assy (C) (PL12.2.1).
(PL15.1.15).
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
10
Check TONER MOTOR
1. Replace the Holder Toner Assy (C). (REP12.4)
Go to Step 11.
Action
completed.
11
Replace the Drive
PWB (REP15.5).
If the problem
persists, replace
the MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Drive 1.
(PL15.2.2)
12
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 13.
13
(PL15.1.10).
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
Black Toner Empty FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL12.1.4)
1. Replace the Toner Cartridge (K).
new unit?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check signal of Low Toner Sensor (K) (PL12.2.28)
(PL15.1.15)
0.2VDC?
4
(PL15.1.15).
Sensor (K) (PL12.2.28).
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
5
Go to Step 6.
Action
completed.
6
(PL15.1.15).
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
7
Check TONER MOTOR
Check the
AUGER and Gear
not damaged.
Go to Step 8.
2-33
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Power Supply to Toner Motor (K) of the Holder Toner Assy
(K) (PL12.2.1)
P/J60-2.
24VDC?
9
Toner Assy (K) (PL12.2.1).
(PL15.1.15).
properly?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
TNR. (PL12.1.6)
10
Check TONER MOTOR
1. Replace the Holder Toner Assy (K). (REP12.5)
Go to Step 11.
Action
completed.
11
Replace the Drive
PWB (REP15.5).
If the problem
persists, replace
the MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
Drive 1.
(PL15.2.2)
12
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Go to Step 13.
13
(PL15.1.10).
Replace the
Harness Assy
24V. (PL15.2.6)
Go to FIP-DC.
BTR Life Over FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2)
1. Remove the BTR Assy. (REP9.2)
2. Visually check the entrance area to the detection
area of the Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18) in the
BTR Assy.
Is waste toner gathered at the entrance area to the
detection area of the Waste Toner Sensor in the BTR Assy?
Replace the BTR
ASSY. (REP9.2)
Go to Step 3.
3
BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2)
Check if the transparent side on the left and right of the
entrance area to the detection area of the Waste Toner
Sensor (PL6.1.18) in the BTR Assy is clean.
Is the entrance area to the detection area of the Waste
Toner Sensor in the BTR Assy clean?
Go to Step 4.
Clear the
contamination on
the transparent
side.
4
BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2)
Does this error persist after the BTR ASSY is replaced with
a new unit?
Go to Step 5.
Action
completed.
5
Check Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18)
Is the Waste Toner Sensor functioning properly?
6
Check signal of Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18)
1. Remove the BTR Assy. (REP9.2)
2. Insert paper etc at the detection area of the Waste
Toner Sensor then remove it.
3. Measure the voltage of the following circuits with the
relay connector connected between the Harness
Assy TFLSNS and Harness Assy EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
3.3VDC when paper is inserted, and 0VDC when paper is
removed?
2-34
Action
Step Check
Yes No
7
Power supply to the Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18)
Measure the voltage of the following circuits with the
relay connector connected between the Harness Assy
TFLSNS and Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10).
5VDC?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
Harness Assy
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
8
Check continuity of Harness Assy TFLSNS (PL6.1.17)
1. Disconnect the connector P/J142 on the Waste
Toner Sensor.
Harness Assy TFLSNS and Harness Assy EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
properly?
Replace the
WASTE TONER
SENSOR.
(REP6.3)
Replace the
Harness Assy
TFLSNS
(PL6.1.17)
9
(REP15.1)
PHD Life Over FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check the PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
Does this problem occur again after the PHD ASSY is
Action
Step Check
Yes No
3
Check connection of the Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8)
and Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
1. Remove the Cover Side L. (REP1.14)
2. Check the connection of the relay connector P/J71
EEPROM.
Is the Harness Assy CRUM connected properly with the
Harness Assy EEPROM?
Go to Step 4.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM (PL12.3.8)
and Harness Assy
EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
4
Check connection of PWBA CRUM
1. Remove the Holder TCRU Assy Unit. (REP12.1)
2. Check the connection between the Conn Assy
CRUM MC (PL12.3.10) and Harness Assy CRUM
(PL12.3.8).
Is the PWBA CRUM connector connected properly with
the harness connector?
Go to Step 5.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
5
Check continuity of the Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8)
CRUM MC (PL12.3.10).
(PL15.2.10).
properly?
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
6
HVPS PWB.
properly?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
Harness Assy
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
7
(REP15.1)
2-35
CRUM ID Error FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
1. Replace the PHD Assy with a new unit.
3
Connection of the Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8) and
Harness Assy EEPROM (PL15.2.10)
EEPROM.
Go to Step 4.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM (PL12.3.8)
and Harness Assy
EEPROM
(PL15.2.10).
4
Check connection of the Plate Assy Dispenser L
(PL12.3.1) and Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8)
between the Plate Assy Dispenser L and Harness
Assy CRUM.
Go to Step 5.
Reconnect or
replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
5
3.3VDC power supply to the PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Harness Assy CRUM (PL12.3.8) and Harness Assy
EEPROM (PL15.2.10).
6
1. Disconnect the connector P/J710 on the Plate Assy
Dispenser L (PL12.3.1).
(PL15.2.10).
properly?
Go to Step 11.
Replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
7
Go to FIP-DC. Go to Step 8.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
8
Between P41-21/22 and P61-5
Is the connection between P41 and P61 conducting?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
9
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Between J41-21/22 and J11-19/20
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
10
HVPS PWB. (REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
11
1. Disconnect the connector P/J710 on the Plate Assy
Dispenser L (PL12.3.1).
(PL15.2.10).
properly?
Go to Step 12.
Replace the
Harness Assy
CRUM.
(PL12.3.8)
12
HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2). (REP15.1)
properly?
Go to Step 13.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
EEPROM.
(PL15.2.10)
13
(REP15.1)
2-36
ADC Sensor Dustiness FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of the BTR ASSY
Installation status of the ADC SENSOR ASSY
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check connection of HARNESS ASSY ADC
Is the HARNESS ASSY ADC connected properly to the
ADC Sensor Assy?
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
3
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY ADC
properly?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
ADC.
4
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A
properly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT 1A.
5
Check signal of HARNESS ASSY ADC
equal to 0VDC?
Replace the ADC
SENSOR ASSY.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Front Cover FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
Installation status of Front Cover
Installation status of the Interlock SW actuator
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Check Interlock SW
Is the Interlock SW functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
3
Check operation of Interlock Switch
1. Check that the PHD Assy has been i nstal led.
(PL15.1.15) by opening and closing the Chute Assy
Out.
Is the Interlock Switch operating properly?
Go to Step 4.
Replace the parts
that hinder the
operation, or
replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
4
Check signal of the Drive PWB (PL15.1.15)
1. Open and close the Chute Assy Out.
2. Check the voltage between the following terminals:
to 0VDC when the Chute Assy Out is closed?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
Full Stack FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Full Stack Sensor (PL7.1.3)
Installation status of Actuator Full (PL7.1.4)
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Actuator Full (PL7.1.4)
Manually operate the Actuator Full and observe its
relationship with the detection area of the Full Stack
Sensor (PL7.1.3).
Is the Actuator Full operating smoothly?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
Actuator Full.
(REP7.3)
3
Check Full Stack Sensor (PL7.1.3)
Is the Full Stack Sensor (PL7.1.13) is functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 4.
4
Power supply to Full Stack Sensor (PL7.1.3)
1. Remove the Full Stack Sensor.
2. Measure the voltage between J134-3 and P/J134-2.
3.3VDC?
5
Check signal of Full Stack Sensor (PL7.1.3)
1. Manually operate the Actuator Full (PL7.1.4)
P/J134-2.
3.3VDC when the Actuator Full is manually operated, and
0VDC when it is released?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the Full
Stack Sensor.
(PL7.1.3)
(REP7.2)
6
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
7
Go to Step 8.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct.
8
MCU AND HVPS PWB.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
2-37
Action
Step Check
Yes No
9
(PL15.1.15).
2. Measure the voltage between P41-23 and
P41-21/22.
Is the voltage between P41-23 and P41-21/22 equal to
3.3VDC?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 1.
(PL15.2.2)
10
Go to Step 11.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
11
(PL15.1.10).
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
Go to FIP-DC.
Tray1 Paper Near Empty FIP
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Tray 1 Low Paper Sensor (PL4.3.20)
Installation status of the SENSOR Actuator
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Does the error persist even after adding paper?
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check the Tray 1 Low Paper Sensor (PL4.3.20)
Is the Tray 1 Low Paper Sensor functioning properly?
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 4.
4
Lever Low Paper (PL4.2.10)
1. Remove the Cassette Assy.
2. Manually operate the Lever Low Paper.
Is the Lever Low Paper operating smoothly?
Go to Step 5.
Replace the Lever
Low Paper
(REP4.8).
5
Power supply to the Tray 1 Low Paper Sensor (PL4.3.20)
(PL15.1.15).
Action
Step Check
Yes No
6
Continuity of H/A Feeder (PL4.3.28)
(PL15.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector P/J473 on the Tray 1 Low
Paper Sensor (PL4.3.20).
Is the connection between J47 and P423 conducting?
Go to Step 7.
Replace the H/A
Feeder.
(PL4.3.28)
7
Check detection signal of the Tray 1 Low Paper Sensor
(PL4.3.20)
3. Measure the voltage between the following terminals
while manually operating the Lever Low Paper
(PL4.2.10).
3.3VDC in Low Paper state, and 0VDC when released?
Go to Step 8.
Replace the Tray
1 Low Paper
Sensor
(REP4.14).
8
Drive PWB.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
9
Check continuity of the Harness Assy DRV 2 (PL15.2.3)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
Harness Assy
DRV 2.
(PL15.2.3)
10
Drive PWB.
Go to Step 11.
Replace the Drive
PWB. (REP15.5)
11
Check continuity of Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
(PL15.1.15).
(PL15.1.10).
Go to FIP-DC.
Replace the
Harness Assy
LVNC. (PL15.2.1)
2-38
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check the Tray 2 Low Paper Sensor
Check with the Digital Input Test [DI-16].
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Go to Step 4.
4
Check signal of the FEEDER PWB
Is the voltage between P/J82-10PIN and P/J82-9 equal to
3.3VDC?
5
Is the voltage between P/J81-18PIN and P/J81-23 equal
to 3.3VDC?
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
Go to Step 6.
6
Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY OPFPLG/HARNESS
ASSY OPFREC/HARNESS ASSY OPFMAIN
Between J81-18PIN, J810-A9PIN, J210-B9PIN and
J21-9PIN
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
that does not
conduct.
7
5VDC?
Replace the Tray
2 Low Paper
Sensor.
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
Installation status of Tray 3 Low Paper Sensor
Reinstall
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 2.
2
Go to Step 3.
Action
completed.
3
Check the Tray 3 Low Paper Sensor
Check with the Digital Input Test [DI-17].
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Go to Step 4.
4
3.3VDC?
5
Is the voltage between P/J81-17PIN and P/J81-23 equal
to 3.3VDC?
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
Go to Step 6.
6
Check conti nuity of HARNESS ASSY
OPFPLG/HARNESS ASSY OPFREC/HARNESS
ASSY OPFMAIN
Between J81-17PIN, J810-A10PIN, J210-B10PIN and
J21-10PIN
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
Replace the
HARNESS ASSY
that does not
conduct.
7
5VDC?
Replace the Tray
3 Low Paper
Sensor.
Replace the
FEEDER PWB.
2-39
FIP-DC
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
FUSE open circuit in the LVPS (PL15.1.10)
AC power supply failure
Repair Go to Step 2.
2
Check LVPS (PL15.1.10)
1. Disconnect the connectors J163J165 and J164
connecting to the LVPS.
2. Turn ON the Harness Assy AC SW (PL15.1.11).
Between P163-1 and P163-2 (24VDC)
Between P165-1 and P165-2 (5VDC)
Between P165-3 and P165-4 (3.3VDC)
Is the voltage between each terminal at the specified
value?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the
LVPS.
(REP15.3)
3
Check the Harness Assy LVRPG (PL15.2.4)
1. Turn OFF the Harness Assy AC SW (PL15.1.11) and
connect the connector J164 to the LVPS (PL15.1.10).
2. After connection, turn ON the Harness Assy AC SW
(PL15.1.11).
3.3VDC?
Go to Step 4.
Check the frame
short circuit of the
Harness Assy
LVRPG
(PL15.2.4).
4
Check the Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
2. After connection, turn ON the Harness Assy AC SW.
5VDC?
Go to Step 5.
Check the frame
Harness Assy
LVNC (PL15.2.1).
5
Check the Harness Assy 24V (PL15.2.6)
2. After connection, turn ON the Harness Assy AC SW
(PL15.1.11).
24VDC?
Action
completed.
Check the frame
Harness Assy
24V (PL15.2.6).
FIP-Noise
Action
Step Check
Yes No
1
Initial Steps
HSG Assy Bias (PL11.1.4)
PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Harness Assy AC SW (PL15.1.11)
Chute Assy In
Chute Assy Out
Chute Assy Exit (PL8.1.1)
Harness Assy LVNC (PL15.2.1)
Harness Assy Front 1 (PL15.2.7)
Wire Assy BTR (PL6.1.1)
Wire Assy DTS (PL6.1.4)
Wire Assy Fuser Earth (PL6.2.7)
Wire Assy Dup Earth (PL7.2.22)
Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
Power supply voltage failure at customer's site
Repair or replace
the appropriate
parts.
Go to Step 2.
2
External Noise
1. Check that no electrical appliances such as electric
generators, wireless send machines or devices using
motor that can generate noises, are placed within 3m
from the printer.
2. Turn off the power of the electrical appliances that
can generate noises, or shift them to another location
at least 6m from the printer.
Does the power noise problem persist?
3
AC Earth
Check the AC power outlet.
Is the AC power outlet used and grounded appropriately?
Go to Step 4.
Request the
customer to
repair the AC
power outlet.
4
PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
1. Replace the PHD ASSY.
5
Harness Assy AC SW (PL15.1.11)
Check the grounding screw of the Harness Assy AC
SW grounding cable. (REP15.4)
Is the cable grounded appropriately?
Go to Step 6.
Install the
grounding screw
appropriately.
2-40
Action
Step Check
Yes No
6
HSG Assy Bias (PL11.1.4)
Check the HSG Assy Bias spring and Stud Plunger
(PL11.1.5). (REP11.2)
Check the spring and Stud Plunger for deformation and
contamination, and poor contact.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the
appropriate
part(s).
7
Connection of Wire Assy BTR (PL6.1.1) and Wire Assy
DTS (PL6.1.4)
Check the connections of the connectors P/J5020 of
the Wire Assy BTR and P/J5030 of the Wire Assy DTS
on the Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9).
Are the Wire Assy BTR and Wire Assy DTS connected
correctly?
Go to Step 8.
Connect the wires
appropriately.
8
Continuity of Wire Assy BTR (PL6.1.1) and Wire Assy DTS
(PL6.1.4)
the Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9).
Between J5020 and Shaft BTR In (PL6.1.3)
Between J5030 and Stud BTR (PL6.1.6)
Are both Wire Assy BTR and Wire Assy DTS conducting?
Go to Step 9.
Replace the parts
that hinder
continuity.
9
Grounding-related Harness
Check the continuity and grounding status of the
following harness.
Wire Assy Dup Earth (PL7.2.22)
Wire Assy Fuser Earth (PL6.2.7)
Harness Assy FSR2 (PL6.1.8)
Is each harness grounded correctly and conducting?
Go to Step 10.
Replace the
harness that does
not conduct, or
install the
appropriate
grounding.
10
Chute Assy In
1. Remove the Chute Assy In. (REP6.1)
2. Check the shape of all plates and their installation
status inside the Chute Assy In.
Check all the plates for deformation or contamination, and
that they are installed correctly.
Go to Step 11.
Repair or replace
the
deformed/conta
minated plate(s).
Or, replace the
Chute Assy In
(REP6.1).
Action
Step Check
Yes No
11
Chute Assy Out
1. Remove the Chute Assy Out. (REP7.1)
status inside the Chute Assy Out.
Go to Step 12.
Repair or replace
the
deformed/conta
minated plate(s).
Or, replace the
Chute Assy Out
(REP7.1).
12
Chute Assy Exit (PL8.1.1)
1. Remove the Chute Assy Exit. (REP8.1)
status inside the Chute Assy Exit.
Go to Step 13.
Repair or
replace the
deformed/conta
minated plate(s).
Or, replace the
Chute Assy Exit
(REP8.1).
13
Grounding of PWB
Check that the screws relating to grounding among the
installation screws of all the PWBs, are securely
tightened.
Are all the PWBs grounded properly?
Go to Step 14.
Repair the
inappropriate
grounding.
14
Fuser Assy (PL9.1.1)
Replace the MCU
AND HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Problem solved.
2.4 How to Use Diag. (C/E) Mode
2-41
2.4.1 Operation Panel in Diag. (C/E) Mode
1. LCD : Used to display each diagnostic item and the diagnostic results.
2. Up & Down buttons : Used to change display of Diagnostic items.
Used to select settings data when parameter is set.
3. Set/Eject button : Used to confirm Diagnostic items.
Used to execute the diagnostic.
Used to confirm the parameter when parameter is set.
4. Cancel Button : Used to cancel diagnostic item (to return to menu up one level)
Used to end diagnostic of each Digital Input/Output Test.
5. Menu button : Used to end the Digital Input/Output Test mode.
6. Right button : Used to perform Regi Adjustment Check Print when parameter is set.
2.4.2 Entering Diag. (C/E) Mode
1. While pressing the and buttons at the same time, turn the power ON.
2. Enter the password.
(Password: After pressing the button twice, press the Set/Eject button)
2.4.3 Exiting from Diag. (C/E) Mode
1. Stop the Diag. in operation.
2. Pressing the Cancel button will return the screen to the first (highest) diagnostic screen.
3. Press the or button to select the item "CE Maintenance/End".
4. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the item.
5. Press the or button to select one of these items:
"Complete the operation"
"Abort the operation"
"Deep Sleep"
6. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the item and to end the Diag (C/E) Mode.
In Step 5,
If "Complete the operation" is selected : The machine will switch to the Normal
Mode.
If "Abort the operation" is selected : The machine will reboot in the Normal
Mode.
If "Deep Sleep" is selected : The machine will switch to the Power Saver
Mode.
2.4.4 Types of Diag. (C/E) Mode
There are 6 types of Diag mode (diagnostic functions).
1. ESS Diagnostics
2. IOT Diagnostics
3. Print Information
4. Installation Setup
5. Test Print
6. Setting Parameters
5. Menu
1. LCD
4. Cancel Button
3. Set/Eject Button
2. Up & Down Button
2-42
2.4.5 Procedures
After entering the Diag (C/E) Mode, use the or button to select the diagnostic item.
Select the Set/Eject button to confirm. If there is a further lower level menu, use the or
button to select the item, and select the Set/Eject button to confirm. After confirmation,
press the Set/Eject button again to execute the process. When ending and returning to the
upper level menu, press the Cancel button.
Operation example of Digital Input Test (DI-3 REGI SENSOR)
Set/Eject Button
Cancel Button
Menu Button
CE Maintenance
ESS Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
IOT Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
Print Information
CE Maintenance
End
CE Maintenance
Installation Setup
CE Maintenance
Test Print
CE Maintenance
Parameters
Set
Back
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Input
Set
Menu
Digital Input
DI-0 OFF
Digital Input
DI-1 OFF
Digital Input
DI-38 OFF
Digital Input
DI-3 OFF
Digital Input
DI-4 OFF
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Output
IOT Diagnostics
NVM Setup
Menu
Set
Back
Digital Input
DI-3 H1
Set
Back
2-43
2.4.6 Diag. Mode Menu Tree
Paper Feed Regi KtoPaper
Paper Feed Regi 600 KtoM
Scan Regi KtoM
Set/Eject
CMY20%[A4]
For NIP Adjustment [A4]
Gradation Pattern [A4]
Diag Mode ESS Diagnostics
CodeROM Test
IOT Diagnostics
Print Information
FontROM Test
EEPROM Test
DRAM Test
Centronic Test
USB Test
REMORA Test
Operation Panel Test
HD Test
Digital Input
Digital Output
Page Configuration
Parameters
Normal Diag
Print Settings
MAC+PHY Test
NVM Setup NVM Read/Write
Save NVM Information
Load NVM Information
IOT Test
Print NVM Information
Paper Feed Regi 600 KtoY
Paper Feed Regi 600 KtoC
Paper Feed Regi 1200 KtoM
Paper Feed Regi 1200 KtoY
Paper Feed Regi 1200 KtoC
Scan Regi KtoY
Scan Regi KtoC
Scan Regi Bypass
Scan Regi Tray 1
Scan Regi Tray 2
Scan Regi Tray 3
Scan Regi 2-Sided
Life Y Toner
Life M Toner
Life Toner
Life K Toner
Life BTR1
Life BTR2
Life Fuser
Life Printer
Life Head Sheet
Life Head Time
Life Head Y Dispense
Life Head M Dispense
Life Head C Dispense
Life Head K Dispense
Print
2.4.8 2.4.8.1
2.4.8.2
2.4.8.3
2.4.8.5
2.4.8.6
2.4.8.4
2.4.12
A
Test Print
2.4.10Continued
2.4.11
Read
Initialization
2.4.11.2
2.4.3
Test Pattern 600IOT
Magenta 20%[A4]
Yellow 20%[A4]
Grid 2[ESS]
Black 20%[A4]
Counter Copy M to B
Counter Copy B to M
End Complete the operation
Abort the operation
Serial No.
Counter Display
Printer Billing
Test Print
Installation Setup
Color Print Count
B/W Print Count
Total Print Count
Backup Color Counter
Backup B/W Counter
Backup Total Counter
B/W Print Error Counter
Color Print Error Counter
No Image [IOT]
Cyan 20%[A4]
Deep Sleep
Dip Switch 0
Dip Switch 1
Dip Switch 2
Dip Switch 3
Billing Count Initialization
Configuration
2.4.9
2.4.10
All NVM Initialize
JOB LOG Initialize
Paper Feed Correction Chart
Print File History
Print Jam History
Set/Eject
2.4.2 2.4.7
A
The number
on the left
shoulder of
the Menu
name is the
item number
explaining
the detailed
procedures.
NOTE
2-44
2.4.7 ESS Diagnostics
Function: To execute ESS-related diagnostics.
Procedures:
1. Enter the Diag (C/E) Mode.
2. Use the or button to select the item "CE Maintenance ESS Diagnostics".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the diagnostic item selection in "CE Maintenance ESS
Diagnostics".
4. Use the or button to select the diagnostic item. (Refer to the table below for the
content of each Diagnostic Item)
5. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the diagnostics to be executed.
E.g.) Code ROM Test Display Screen
6. Press the Set/Eject button to execute the diagnostics. The results ("Normal"/"Error") is
displayed on the LCD.
E.g.) Code ROM Test
7. Pressing the Cancel button will return the screen to the previous screen.
Diagnostic Items
Function Details
Normal Diag Performs diagnostics in normal mode.
CodeROM Test Calculates the checksum of ROM and compares it with the value
stored.
FontROM Test Calculates the checksum of Font ROM and compares it with the
value stored.
EEP ROM Test To read/write/verify EEP ROM diagnostic area.
DRAM Test An OPEN/SHORT test of the DRAM address line.
To read/write/verify the front area of DRAM.
Centronic Test Performs register check test.
USB Test Performs register check test.
MAC+PHY Test Performs PHY Internal Loop Back Test.
REMORA Test Performs register check test.
Operation Panel Test Performs tests on the LED and LCD buttons on the Operation
Panel. (Refer to the table below for the details.)
Press the and buttons simultaneously to end the test.
IOT Test Performs communication test with the IOT.
HD Test Performs Hard Disk test.
Details of Control Test
To check the Operation Panel, press each button to see the turning on/off of the 3 LEDs and
the changes in the displays of the LCD.
The corresponding responses of LED and LCD when each button is pressed are indicated in
the table below.
Buttons LED LCD
Print Error Displayed as "UP"
Print Error Displayed as "DOWN"
Print Error Displayed as "LEFT"
Print Error Displayed as "RIGHT"
Set/Eject Print Error Displayed as "SET"
Menu Print Error Displayed as "MENU"
Cancel Print Error Displayed as "STOP"
and at the same time - (Test completed) - (Test completed)
: Light turned on : Light turned off
CodeROM Test
Start
CodeROM Test
In process
CodeROM Test
Completed Successfully
2-45
2.4.8 IOT Diagnostics
Function: To execute IOT-related diagnostics.
Diagnostic Items
Function Details
Digital Input Test Digital Input Component Test
Digital Output Test Digital Output Component Test
MCU Nationality Change Switches the JP and US information of MCU.
NVM Setup
NVM Read/Write
Performs read/write of NVM values.
NVM Setup
Saves the NVM information of the IOT on the ESS.
NVM Setup
Loads the NVM information of the IOT on the ESS.
NVM Setup
Print NVM Information
Prints the NVM information of the IOT.
2.4.8.1 Digital Input Test
Function: To display signal levels of sensors, switches, etc., as "H" or "L" on the LCD panel.
It also displays the no. of changes from "L" to "H" on the LCD panel. Multiple tests
simultaneously is possible.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance IOT Diagnostics".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired diagnostic item in the "CE
Maintenance/IOT Diagnostics".
4. Use the or button to display "IOT Diagnostics/Digital Input".
5. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired diagnostic item in the "IOT
Diagnostics/Digital Input".
6. Use the or button to display the Menu No. for the Digital Input Test.
(Refer to the table on the next page for the content of each Diagnostic Item)
7. Press the Set/Eject button to execute the diagnostics.
8. The status of each sensor (H: Sensor OFF; L: Sensor ON) and number of times the sensor
turns ON and OFF are displayed on the LCD.
9. Press the Cancel button to stop the diagnostics.
10. When the Menu button is pressed, the diagnostics in operation will be ended and the
screen returns to the "IOT Diagnostics/Digital Input" display.
11. Press the Cancel button to return the screen to the "CE Maintenance/IOT Diagnostics".
12. Press the or button to select other Diag items, or select "End" to end the Diag.
IOT Diagnostics
DI-1 L0
Set
Back
Set
Back
CE Maintenance
IOT Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
Print Information
CE Maintenance
Parameter
Set
Back
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Input
Set
Digital Input
DI-0 OFF
Menu
Digital Input
DI-1 OFF
IOT Diagnostics
DI-0 L0
CE Maintenance
ESS Diagnostics
2-46
Digital Input Test Code List
Menu
No.
Part/Signal Name How to Check
Reference
BSD
DI-0
FULL STACK SENSOR Check by simulating transmission or
blocking of light to the sensor with the
ACTUATOR.
CH 10.4
DI-1
DUP JAM SENSOR Check by simulating transmission or
ACTUATOR.
CH 10.4
DI-2
Exit SensorFUSER ASSY 100V Check by simulating transmission or
ACTUATOR.
CH 10.1
DI-3
REGI. SENSOR Activate the Actuator Regi (PL10.1.21) by
removing the PHD Assy (PL11.1.3), and
inserting paper in between the Roll Regi
Metal (PL10.1.9) and Roll Regi Rubber
(PL10.1.10)
CH 8.6
DI-4 ROS RDY
CH 6.1
DI-5 FUSER RDY
CH 10.1
DI-6 CTD RDY
CH 9.7
DI-7 INTERLOCK OPEN Check by opening/closing the Front Cover.
CH 1.1
DI-8
TCRU SWITCH ASSY(Y) Check by installing and removing the Toner
Cartridge.
CH 9.3
DI-9
TCRU SWITCH ASSY(M) Check by installing and removing the Toner
Cartridge.
CH 9.3
DI-a
TCRU SWITCH ASSY(C) Check by installing and removing the Toner
Cartridge.
CH 9.3
DI-b
TCRU SWITCH ASSY(K) Check by installing and removing the Toner
Cartridge.
CH 9.3
DI-c LOW TONER SENSOR(Y)
CH 9.5
DI-d LOW TONER SENSOR(M)
CH 9.5
DI-e LOW TONER SENSOR(C)
CH 9.5
DI-f LOW TONER SENSOR(K)
CH 9.5
DI-10
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR Check by simulating transmission or
ACTUATOR.
CH 8.2
DI-11 TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR
Remove Tray 1 and insert it. CH 7.1
DI-14 *1
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
DI-15
TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR Check by simulating the paper detected/not
detected state of the sensor by increasing
or reducing the paper in Tray 1.
CH 7.1
DI-16
CH 7.2
DI-17
CH 7.3
DI-18
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY Response of the lower level switch only.
Manually activate the Actuator at the lowest
level of the Switch Size Tray 1 (PL4.2.8).
CH 7.1
DI-20
TRAY2 SIZE SWITCH ASSY Manually activate the Actuator of the Tray 2
Switch Assy Size (PL17.2.7).
CH 7.2
DI-28
TRAY3 SIZE SWITCH ASSY Manually activate the Actuator of the Tray 3
Switch Assy Size (PL17.2.7).
CH 7.3
DI-30
FUSER FAN ALARM Check by simulating the FUSER FAN
bound/unbound state.
CH 10.3
DI-31
REAR FAN ALARM Check by simulating the REAR FAN
bound/unbound state.
CH 10.3
DI-32
NO PHD ASSY With the PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3) installed,
open and close the Cover Assy Top PHD
(PL1.1.15).
CH 3.2
DI-33
WASTE TONER SENSOR Check by opening the BTR Assy (PL9.1.2)
and simulating transmission or blocking of
light to the Waste Toner Sensor (PL6.1.18)
with a sheet of paper etc.
CH 9.6
DI-34
NO Tray Module Check by simulating the Tray Module
connected/disconnected state.
CH 7.2
DI-38
OHP/SNR Check by inserting a paper in between the
Roll Regi Rubber (PL10.1.2) and Roll Regi
Metal (PL10.1.3) from the bottom and
removing it.
CH 8.6
2-47
2.4.8.2 Digital Output Test
Function: To operate parts such as solenoids, clutches and motors.
It is possible to drive more than one part at the same time (concurrent operation).
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance IOT Diagnostics".
Maintenance/IOT Diagnostics".
4. Use the or button to display "IOT Diagnostics/Digital Output".
5. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired diagnostic item in the "IOT
Diagnostics/Digital Output".
6. Use the or button to select the Menu No. for the digital output test.
(Refer to the table below for the contents of the diagnostic item.)
7. Press the Set/Eject button to execute the diagnostics.
8. When operation of the parts is started, "EXEC" is displayed on the LCD.
("READY" is displayed when the operation stops.)
9. Press the Cancel button to stop the diagnostics.
10. Press the Menu button to stop operation of all the parts in operation and return the
screen to the "IOT Diagnostics/Digital Output" display.
11. Press the Cancel button to return the screen to the "CE Maintenance/IOT Diagnostics".
Digital Output Test Code List
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
DO-0
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
(NORMAL SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check that the motor is rotating in the
normal mode by listening for a sound
change or by visually checking.
CH 4.1
DO-1
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
Check that the motor is rotating in the half-
speed mode by listening for a sound
CH 4.1
DO-2 MAIN MOTOR OFF - CH 4.1
DO-3
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD NORMAL SPEED)
Check that the motor is rotating clockwise
and in the normal mode by listening for a
sound change or by visually checking.
CH 10.5
DO-4
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD HALF SPEED)
and in the half speed mode by listening for a
CH 10.5
DO-5
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD DOUBLE SPEED)
and in the double speed mode by listening
for a sound change or by visually checking.
CH 10.5
DO-6
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE NORMAL SPEED)
Check that the motor is rotating counter-
clockwise and in the normal mode by
listening for a sound change or by visually
checking.
CH 10.5
DO-7
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE HALF SPEED)
clockwise and in the half speed mode by
checking.
CH 10.5
DO-8
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE DOUBLE SPEED)
clockwise and in the double speed mode by
checking.
CH 10.5
DO-9 DUPLEX MOTOR OFF - CH 10.5
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Output
Digital Output
DO-1 READY
CE Maintenance
ESS Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
IOT Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
Print Information
CE Maintenance
Parameter
Set
Back
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Input
Set
Digital Output
DO-0 READY
Digital Output
DO-0 EXEC
Back
Digital Output
DO-1 EXEC
Menu
Back
Set
Set
2-48
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
DO-a
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
(NORMAL SPEED)
CH 9.2
DO-b
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
CH 9.2
DO-c DEVE MOTOR OFF - CH 9.2
DO-d
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
(NORMAL SPEED)
CH 10.2
DO-e
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
CH 10.2
DO- FUSER MOTOR OFF - CH 10.2
DO-10
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
(NORMAL SPEED)
CH 8.5
DO-11
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
CH 8.5
DO-12 OPTION MOTOR OFF - CH 8.5
DO-13
REAR FAN MOTOR OFF
(HIGH SPEED)
Check that the Fan Rear (PL15.1.3) is
rotating in the high speed mode by listening
CH 10.3
DO-14
REAR FAN MOTOR OFF
(LOW SPEED)
Check that the Fan Rear (PL15.1.3) is
rotating in the low speed mode by listening
CH 10.3
DO-15 REAR FAN MOTOR OFF - CH 10.3
DO-16
FAN MOTOR ON
(HIGH SPEED)
Check that the Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9) is
rotating in the high speed mode by listening
CH 10.3
DO-17
FAN MOTOR ON
(LOW SPEED)
Check that the Fuser Fan (PL1.1.9) is
rotating in the low speed mode by listening
CH 10.3
DO-18 FAN MOTOR OFF - CH 9.4
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
DO-28
TONER MOTOR(Y) Check the motor rotation by listening for a
CH 8.1
DO-29 TONER MOTOR Y OFF - CH 8.1
DO-2a
TONER MOTOR(M) Check the motor rotation by listening for a
CH 8.1
DO-2b TONER MOTOR M OFF - CH 8.1
DO-2c
TONER MOTOR Check the motor rotation by listening for a
CH 8.1
DO-2d TONER MOTOR C OFF - CH 8.1
DO-2e
TONER MOTOR(K) Check the motor rotation by listening for a
CH 8.1
DO-2f TONER MOTOR K OFF - CH 8.1
DO-30
REGI CLUTCH Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 9.1
DO-31 REGI CLUTCH OFF - CH 9.1
DO-32
MSI TURN CLUTCH Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 9.2
DO-33 MSI TURN CLUTCH OFF - CH 9.2
DO-34
MSI FEED CLUTCH Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 9.2
DO-35 MSI FEED CLUTCH OFF - CH 9.2
DO-36
TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 9.2
DO-37 CASSETTE1 TURN CLUTCH OFF - CH 9.2
DO-38
TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID Check that the solenoid is driven by
listening to the sound.
CH 9.2
DO-39 CASSETTE1 FEED CLUTCH OFF - CH 9.2
DO-40
RTC ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Do NOT perform output check.
CH 9.6
DO-41 RTC OFF - CH 9.6
DO-42
DEVE BIAS AC ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-43 DEVE BIAS AC OFF - CH 9.6
DO-44
DEVE BIAS DC Y ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-45 DEVE BIAS DC Y OFF - CH 9.6
DO-46
DEVE BIAS DC M ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-47 DEVE BIAS DC M OFF - CH 9.6
2-49
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
DO-48
DEVE BIAS DC C ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-49 DEVE BIAS DC C OFF - CH 9.6
DO-4a
DEVE BIAS DC K ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-4b DEVE BIAS DC K OFF - CH 9.6
DO-4c
IDT1 PLUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-4d IDT1 PLUS OFF - CH 9.6
DO-4e
IDT1 MINUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-4f IDT1 MINUS OFF - CH 9.6
DO-50
IDT2 PLUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 8.3
DO-51 IDT2 PLUS OFF - CH 8.3
DO-52
IDT2 MINUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 8.3
DO-53 IDT2 MINUS OFF - CH 8.3
DO-54
IDT1 CLEANER ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 8.4
DO-55 CLEAN1 OFF - CH 8.4
DO-56
IDT2 CLEANER ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 8.4
DO-57 CLEAN2 OFF - CH 8.4
DO-58
BTR PLUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-59 BTR PLUS OFF - CH 9.6
DO-5a
BTR MINUS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-5b BTR MINUS OFF - CH 9.6
DO-5c
DTS ON <WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
CH 9.6
DO-5d DTS OFF - CH 9.6
DO-60
to the sound.
CH 7.2
DO-62
TRAY2 FEED CLUTCH Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 7.2
DO-64
to the sound.
CH 7.3
DO-66
TRAY3 FEED CLUTCH Check that the clutch is driven by listening
to the sound.
CH 7.3
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
WARNING When high voltages are generated, do NOT touch any output section or
conducting (live) section where high voltages may be present.
WARNING When the drive section is active, do NOT touch the drive section.
WARNING When the laser beam is generated, ALWAYS install all covers.
CAUTION To avoid damages, do NOT leave the part turned ON for a long time. (Turn it OFF
in a few seconds.)
2-50
2.4.8.3 NVM Read/Write
Refer to 2.6 NVM List for the NVM List.
Function: To execute NVM read/write.
Procedures: (Refer to the diagram on next page.)
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Use the or button to display the "IOT Diagnostics" item and press the Set/Eject
button.
3. Press the or button to move to "NVM Read/Write" and press the Set/Eject button.
4. Press the or button to select the required items in the address area (Ad).
The NVM data is read, and the items 2 to 4 from the input address are displayed.
Press the or button to move the cursor left and right.
5. Press the or button to change the numerical values of data area to be set.
Once the data area has been changed, the * mark will disappear, indicating that the value
has been changed from the current NVM value.
6. Press the Set/Eject button to write the NVM value.
Reference: Example of address 01fa.
7. Press the Cancel button 3 times to return the screen to the "IOT Diagnostics" display via
the "NVM Read/Write and "NVM Setup".
2.4.8.4 Print NVM Information
Function: To print the MCU NVM information saved in the PWB Controller (PL16.1.5).
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the "IOT Diagnostics" item and press the Set/Eject
button.
3. Use the button to display the "NVM Setup" item and press the Set/Eject button.
4. Press the button to move to "Print NVM Information" and press the Set/Eject button.
the "Load NVM Information" and "NVM Setup".
2.4.8.5 Save NVM Information
Function: To save the information displayed in the MCU NVM saving list in the ESS NVM.
Procedures:
2. Use or button to display the "IOT Diagnostics" item and press the Set/Eject
button.
3. Press the button to move to "NVM Setup" and press the Set/Eject button.
4. Press the button to move to "Save NVM Information" and press the Set/Eject button.
NVM Read/Write
Ad0000=00000000*
NVM Read/Write
Ad0000=c6d0d6d0
NVM Read/Write
Ad01fa 14 1e fc 21
NVM Read/Write
Ad0000=00000000*
NVM Setup
NVM Read/Write
NVM Read/Write
Ad1680=00a12b56*
NVM Read/Write
Ad1680=0aa12b56
NVM Read/Write
Ad1680=01a12b56
NVM Read/Write
Ad1680=00a12b56*
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Input
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Output
IOT Diagnostics
NVM Setup
NVM Read/Write
Ad0001=00000000*
Set Back
Set
Back
NVM Read/Write
Ad0010=00000000*
Set
NVM Read/Write
Ad0000=00000000*
NVM Read/Write
Ad1680=0aa12b56
NVM Setup
2-51
The screen to confirm initialization is displayed.
Press the Cancel button to cancel.
5. When the Set/Eject button is pressed, NVM Information is saved and the screen below is
displayed.
the "Save NVM Information" and "NVM Setup".
2.4.8.6 Load NVM Information
Function: To load the MCU NVM information saved in the PWB Controller (PL16.1.5) into the
MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2).
Procedures:
2. Use or button to display the "IOT Diagnostics" item and press the Set/Eject
button.
3. Use the button to display the "NVM Setup" item and press the Set/Eject button.
4. Press the button to move to "Load NVM Information" and press the Set/Eject
button.
The screen to confirm initialization is displayed.
Press the Cancel button to cancel.
5. When the Set/Eject button is pressed, NVM Information is loaded and the screen below
is displayed.
the "Load NVM Information" and "NVM Setup".
Save NVM MCU->ESS
Is it OK?
Save NVM MCU->ESS
Load NVM ESS->MCU
Is it OK?
Load NVM ESS->MCU
Save NVM MCU->ESS
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Input
IOT Diagnostics
Digital Output
IOT Diagnostics
NVM Setup
Save NVM MCU->ESS
Is it OK?
NVM Setup
NVM Read/Write
NVM Setup
Set Back
Set
Back Set
2-52
2.4.9 Installation Setup
Function: To set the parameters at printer installation and to display each counter value.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance / Installation Setup".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired Settings/Display item in the "CE
Maintenance Installation Setup".
4. Use the or button to display setup/display item. (Refer to the table below for the
content of each setup/display item)
5. Press the Set/Eject button to check the Settings/Display item.
6. (To change the setup value) Change the display value by pressing the and buttons,
or and buttons. Then, press the Set/Eject button to confirm the setup value.
7. (To display the counter) Select Printer Billing and press the Set/Eject button.
8. (To display the counter) Use the or button to select the display item and press the
Set/Eject button.
9. Pressing the Cancel button once will return the screen to "Installation Setup" display
(Pressing the button twice when the counter is displayed will return the screen to
"Installation Setup" display via the "Printer Billing".)
Settings/Display Item
Function Range Details
Serial No. 10 digits Sets the Serial No.
Counter Display ON, OFF Sets the display of the Billing Counter.
Configuration 8 digits Sets the binary 8 digits Dip Switch.
Color Print
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Color Print
Counter.
B/W Print
Counter
- Displays the current value of the B/W Print
Counter.
Total Print
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Total Print
Counter.
Backup Color
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Backup Color
Counter.
Backup B/W
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Backup B/W
Counter.
Backup Total
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Backup Total
Counter.
Printer Billing
Color Print Error
Counter
- Displays the current value of the Color Print Error
Counter.
NVM Setup
NVM Read/Write
Load NVM ESS-> MCU
IOT Digital
Digital Input
IOT Digital
Digital Output
IOT Digital
NVM Setup
Load NVM ESS-> MCU
Is it OK?
Set Back
Set
Back
NVM Setup
Set
NVM Setup
2-53
Function Range Details
B/W Print Error
Counter
- Displays the current value of the B/W Print Error
Counter.
Billing Count
Initialization
- Initializes (clears to zero) three counter values.
Counter Copy
M to B
- Copies from the Main Meter to the Backup
Meter.
Counter Copy
B to M
- Copies from the Backup Meter to the Main
Meter.
Delete All NVM - Deletes all NVM including billing
Delete JOB LOG - Deletes Job Log Data.
* The Electronic Billing Meter (Count) function and Backup
It backs up the B/W Meter and Color Meter respectively.
It compares the value of Main Meter with the value of Backup Meter when the printer is
turned ON.
When there is a difference between the Main Meter and the Backup Meter, it diagnoses
the H/W of both meters using the read/write test.
1. A fatal error (C/E Call) will occur when one or both meters are faulty.
The C/E should replace the ESS PWB.
2. If both meters are diagnosed to be serviceable, always take the Main Meter.
Copy the value on the Main Meter to the Backup Meter to achieve a match in the values.
After that, it would be counted as a non-fatal error that has recovered automatically.
2.4.10 Test Print
Function: Prints built-in test patterns from the device.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance Test Print".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired diagnostic item in the "CE Maintenance
Test Print".
4. Use the or button to display the test print pattern.
(Refer to the table below for details on test print patterns.)
5. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the test print pattern.
6. Press the Set/Eject button again to execute the test print.
(The message "Printing" will be displayed on the LCD.)
7. The printer will return to ready state after the test print pattern has been printed.
(The message "Ready to Print" will be displayed on the LCD.)
8. Pressing the Cancel button twice will return the screen to the "Test Print" display.
CE Maintenance
Test Print
Test Print
Paper Feed Correction
Chart
U9
ESS PWB
U8
CE Maintenance
ESS Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
IOT Diagnostics
Test Print
No Image [IOT]
Back
CE Maintenance
Parameter
Set
Test Pattern 600 [IOT]
Ready to print
Set
Printing
Return
Auto Recovery
Set
Test Print
2-54
Test Print Patterns:
Function Details
No Image [IOT] Sends out paper without printing any images.
Grid 2 [ESS] Prints an ESS built-in grid pattern.
Test Pattern 600 [IOT] Prints an IOT built-in 600dpi pattern.
Cyan 20% [A4] Prints an entire A4 page filled with Cyan toner of
density 20%.
Magenta 20% [A4] Prints an entire A4 page filled with Magenta toner of
density 20%.
Yellow 20% [A4] Prints an entire A4 page filled with Yellow toner of
density 20%.
Black 20% [A4] Prints an entire A4 page filled with Black toner of
density 20%.
CMY20% [A4] Prints an entire A4 page filled with each C, M, Y toner
of density 20%.
Gradation Pattern [A4] Prints an A4 page of 100%~2% Gradation pattern
with each of the 4 colors.
NIP Adjustment Pattern [A4] Prints an A4SEF page of pattern for NIP Adjustment.
Paper Feed Correction Chart [A4] Prints an A4 page of Paper Feed Correction Chart.
2.4.11 Setting Parameters
2.4.11.1 Setting/Displaying Parameters
Function: To set or display parameters stored in the NVM on the IOT.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance / Parameters".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired Settings/Display Parameters item in the
"CE Maintenance Parameters".
4. Use the or button to display the Settings/Display Parameters.
(Refer to the table below for the Settings/Display Parameters.)
5. Press the Set/Eject button to display the Settings/Display Parameters.
E.g. Scan Regi Tray 1 display screen
6. Use the or button to select the setup data within the setup range.
7. Press the Set/Eject button to write the setup data to the NVM.
E.g. Screen after change
8. To set/display each life item, press the Set/Eject button after displaying a desired life item.
E.g. Life Fuser Display screen
9. Press the Set/Eject button to display the data (decimal).
10. Pressing the Cancel button once (twice when executing Life) will return the screen to the
"Parameters" display.

Scan Regi Tray 1
*4
Scan Regi Tray 1
6
Life Fuser
Read
Life Fuser
6666
2-55
Settings/Display Parameters
Function
Range
Details
Paper Feed Direction Regi.
Adjustment
-128~127
Sets the Paper Feed Direction Regi.
Scan Direction Regi. Adjustment
-128~127
Sets the Scan Direction Regi for the Main, Aux1,
Aux2, MSI and Dup respectively.
Life Counters
-
Reads and initializes the life counter of the Fuser
and Printer.
2.4.11.2 Print Parameters List
Function: To print out the parameter values stored on the IOT, and the error and life counter
values.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance/Parameters".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired Settings/Display Parameters item in the
"CE Maintenance Parameters".
4. Use the or button to select the item "Parameter/Print ".
5. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the item.
6. Press the Set/Eject button again to print the Parameter.
Parameter
Scan Regi Tray 1
Parameter
Life Fuser
Scan Regi Tray 1
4*
Scan Regi Tray 1
3*
Life Fuser
Initialization
DocuPrintC1618 MCU Parameters List Serial No. 00000
Registration Adjust Slow Scan Paper from Black : 0
Registration Adjust Slow Scan, 600dpi, Magenta from Black : 6
Yellow from Black : 4
Cyan from Black : 1
Registration Adjust Slow Scan, 1200dpi, Magenta from Black : 11
Cyan from Black : 1
Registration Adjust Fast Scan, Magenta from Black : 1
Cyan from Black : 3
Life Counters Yellow Toner Dispense Time : 645
Magenta Toner Dispense Time : 700
Cyan Toner Dispense Time : 802
Black Toner Dispense Time : 648
BTR1 Sheets : 373
BTR2 Dispense Time : 3041
Printer Sheets : 373
Printer Head Sheets : 369
Printer Head Time : 8183
Printer Head Yellow Dispense : 645
Printer Head Magenta Dispense : 782
Printer Head Cyan Dispense : 883
Printer Head Black Dispense : 730
CE Maintenance
ESS Diagnostics
CE Maintenance
Installation Setup
Parameter
Paper Feed Regi KtoPaper
Set
Set
Scan Regi Tray 1
5*
Back
Back
Set
Scan Regi Tray 1
5
Life Fuser
6666
Life Fuser
Initialize Completed
Set
Set
Back
Set
Back
CE Maintenance
Parameter
Life Fuser
Read
2-56
2.4.12 Print Information
Function: To print out the printer information.
Procedures:
2. Use the or button to display the item "CE Maintenance/Print Information".
3. Press the Set/Eject button to move to the desired Print Item in the "CE Maintenance/Print
Information".
4. Use the or button to display the Print Item.
5. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the Print Item.
6. Press the Set/Eject button again to execute the printing.
7. Pressing the Cancel button twice will return the screen to the "Print Information" display.
Print Item
Function Details
Page Configuration Prints the configuration information
Settings List Prints the setting information from the Operation Panel.
Print Fail History Prints out the information of the system errors that have been logged.
Print Jam History Prints out the information of the jams that have been logged.
DocuPrintC1618 MCU Page Configuration Serial No. 00000
Optional Products Status :
Auxiliary Cassette 1
ROM Revision NO : V 1.2.0
Machine Revision : V 1.0.2
Sample of Settings Printout
Page Configuration Sample
DocuPrintC1618 DIAG Settings Page Serial No. 00000
Serial No. : 000000
Counter Display Switch : OFF
Color Print Counter : 246
B/W Print Counter : 111
Total Print Counter : 357
Backup Color Print Counter : 246
Backup B/W Print Counter : 111
Backup Total Print Counter : 357
Color Print Error Counter : 0
B/W Print Error Counter : 0
2-57
Print Failure History Sample
DocuPrint 1618 System Fail History Serial No. 00000
Total Number of Prints = 3616
No. Print Cnt. Chain-Link
1 3575 016-370
2 3574 016-370
3 3464 016-330
4 3464 016-330
5 3386 016-330
6 3255 016-302 0x00000008 0x9fc8ca7c 200201301111
7 3255 004-312
Print Jam History Sample
DocuPrint 1618 Paper Jam History Serial No. 00000
Total Number of Prints = 3617
No. Print Cnt. Kind of JAM
1 3573 Exit JAM
2 3471 Duplex In JAM
3 3471 Duplex In JAM
4 3401 Regi. JAM
5 3401 Regi. JAM
6 3401 Regi. JAM
7 3401 Fuser JAM
8 3401 Exit JAM
9 3266 Exit JAM
10 3257 Option Feeder JAM
11 3254 Exit JAM
2.6 NVM List
2-58
2.5 Diag. of the Printer Itself
2.5.1 Description
Test prints can be made on the Printer itself to check its operation.
Prints the printer's built-in test print patterns.
In test printing of the Test Pin Short Circuit IOT itself, Cleaning Cycle is ignored.
Performing Pin Short Circuit during Cleaning Cycle will output a blank paper.
Even Pin Short Circuits other than the Cleaning Cycle, if Pin Short Circuit continues, it
will enter into Cleaning Cycle, and blank paper will be output when it enters into
Cleaning Cycle. (Blank paper is still output even Cleaning Cycle has ended.)
When performing test printing, always stop the M/C first before proceeding.
2.5.2 Making Prints
1) Remove the ESS PWB. (REP16.1)
2) Load the paper and turn the power ON.
WARNING Do NOT touch the conducting section and drive section when performing
the following steps.
3) Short circuit the 2 Pins of the connector (P31) for test printing on the MCU AND HVPS
PWB.
Short circuit the 2 Pins by contacting them with the lead edge of the driver.
4) Printing starts after the machine shifts to the READY mode. (Continuous 2-sided printing
is performed.)
5) To stop the printing, clear the short circuit of the 2 Pins.
The paper supply part is fixed as Tray 1. When no paper is loaded in Tray 1,
printing will not be performed.
If the printer is in an error condition, printing will not be started.
2.5.3 Test Print Pattern
The Test Print Pattern is a grid pattern with color changed in the order of Black (K), Cyan (C),
Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y), and with pixels of 128dot per line.
engine diag0002FA
NOTE
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
NOTE
2.6 NVM List
2-59
2.6 NVM List
CAUTION NVM numbers not shown in the list below should NOT be overwritten.
CAUTION Items with half-tone dot meshing attached to the address is for reading only
and should NOT be overwritten.
System, Paper
Address Setup Values Details
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Word/Long
12 0 00 0 Between Lead Regi Paper and K (0.17mm)
12 1 00 0 Between Lead Regi 600dpi M and K (line)
12 2 00 0 Between Lead Regi 600dpi Y and K (line)
12 3 00 0 Between Lead Regi 600dpi C and K (line)
12 4 00 0 Between Lead Regi 1200dpi M and K (line)
12 5 00 0 Between Lead Regi 1200dpi Y and K (line)
12 6 00 0 Between Lead Regi 1200dpi C and K (line)
12 7 00 0 Between Side Regi M and K
12 8 00 0 Between Side Regi Y and K
12 9 00 0 Between Side Regi C and K
12 A 00 0 Between Side Regi Paper and K MSI (0.17mm)
12 B FB 251 Between Side Regi Paper and K TRAY 1 (0.17mm)
12 C FB 251 Between Side Regi Paper and K TRAY 2 (0.17mm)
12 D FB 251 Between Side Regi Paper and K TRAY 3 (0.17mm)
12 E 00 0 Between Side Regi Paper and K Duplex (0.17mm)
12 10 00 0 0 Dispense Time Y (L)
12 11 00 0 Dispense Time Y (H)
12 12 00 0 0 Dispense Time M (L)
12 13 00 0 Dispense Time M (H)
12 14 00 0 0 Dispense Time C (L)
12 15 00 0 Dispense Time C (H)
12 16 00 0 0 Dispense Time K (L)
12 17 00 0 Dispense Time K (H)
12 18 00 0 0 BTR PV (L)
12 19 00 0 BTR PV (M)
12 1A 00 0 BTR PV (H)
12 1B 00 0 0 BTR Rotation Time (L)
12 1C 00 0 BTR Rotation Time (M)
12 1D 00 0 BTR Rotation Time (H)
12 1E 00 0 0 FUSER PV (L)
12 1F 00 0 FUSER PV (M)
12 20 00 0 FUSER PV (H)
12 21 00 0 0 M/C PV (L)
12 22 00 0 M/C PV (M)
12 23 00 0 M/C PV (H)
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Word/Long
12 24 00 0 Environment temperature at previous Registration
Control
12 2A 00 0 No. of prints after Registration Control
12 2D 00 0 Cumulative No. of Prints (For Process Control)
12 2E 00 0 Counter for Long Cleaning (L)
12 2F 00 0 Counter for Long Cleaning (H)
12 30 00 0 0 BTR Full Detection PV1 (L)
12 31 00 0 BTR Full Detection PV1 (H)
12 32 00 0 0 BTR Full Detection PV2 (L)
12 33 00 0 BTR Full Detection PV2 (H)
12 34 00 0 0 BTR Full Detection DISP (L)
12 35 00 0 BTR Full Detection DISP (H)
12 36 00 0 FUSER Last Print Temperature
12 37 80 128 80000 FUSER PV WARNING (L)
12 38 38 56 FUSER PV WARNING (M)
12 39 01 1 FUSER PV WARNING (H)
12 3A D4 212 6100 Dispense Time Y LIMIT (L)
12 3B 17 23 Dispense Time Y LIMIT (H)
12 3C D4 212 6100 Dispense Time M LIMIT (L)
12 3D 17 23 Dispense Time M LIMIT (H)
12 3E D4 212 6100 Dispense Time C LIMIT (L)
12 3F 17 23 Dispense Time C LIMIT (H)
12 40 C2 194 6850 Dispense Time K LIMIT (L)
12 41 1A 26 Dispense Time K LIMIT (H)
12 42 50 80 18000 BTR PV LIMIT (L)
12 43 46 70 BTR PV LIMIT (M)
12 44 00 0 BTR PV LIMIT (H)
12 45 FF 255 16777215 BTR Rotation Time LIMIT (L)
12 46 FF 255 BTR Rotation Time LIMIT (M)
12 47 FF 255 BTR Rotation Time LIMIT (H)
12 48 A0 160 100000 FUSER PV LIMIT (L)
12 49 86 134 FUSER PV LIMIT (M)
12 4A 01 1 FUSER PV LIMIT (H)
12 4C 30 48 30000 PV CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 4D 75 117 PV CRUM LIMIT (M)
12 4E 00 0 PV CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 4F 5D 93 361821 Motor Rotation Time CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 50 85 133 Motor Rotation Time CRUM LIMIT (M)
12 51 05 5 Motor Rotation Time CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 52 50 80 82000 Dispense Time Y CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 53 40 64 Dispense Time Y CRUM LIMIT (M)
12 54 01 1 Dispense Time Y CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 55 50 80 82000 Dispense Time M CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 56 40 64 Dispense Time M CRUM LIMIT (M)
2.6 NVM List
2-60
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Word/Long
12 57 01 1 Dispense Time M CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 58 50 80 82000 Dispense Time C CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 59 40 64 Dispense Time C CRUM LIMIT (M)
12 5A 01 1 Dispense Time C CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 5B 40 64 97600 Dispense Time K CRUM LIMIT (L)
12 5C 7D 125 Dispense Time K CRUM LIMIT (M)
12 5D 01 1 Dispense Time K CRUM LIMIT (H)
12 5E C0 192 24000 PV CRUM WARNING (L)
12 5F 5D 93 PV CRUM WARNING (M)
12 60 00 0 PV CRUM WARNING (H)
12 61 B1 177 289457 Motor Rotation Time CRUM WARNING (L)
12 62 6A 106 Motor Rotation Time CRUM WARNING (M)
12 63 04 4 Motor Rotation Time CRUM WARNING (H)
12 64 40 64 65600 Dispense Time Y CRUM WARNING (L)
12 65 00 0 Dispense Time Y CRUM WARNING (M)
12 66 01 1 Dispense Time Y CRUM WARNING (H)
12 67 40 64 65600 Dispense Time M CRUM WARNING (L)
12 68 00 0 Dispense Time M CRUM WARNING (M)
12 69 01 1 Dispense Time M CRUM WARNING (H)
12 6A 40 64 65600 Dispense Time C CRUM WARNING (L)
12 6B 00 0 Dispense Time C CRUM WARNING (M)
12 6C 01 1 Dispense Time C CRUM WARNING (H)
12 6D 00 0 78080 Dispense Time K CRUM WARNING (L)
12 6E 31 49 Dispense Time K CRUM WARNING (M)
12 6F 01 1 Dispense Time K CRUM WARNING (H)
12 FA 00 0 U2 Details
12 FB 00 0 U6 Details
Marking Adjust
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
14 0 00 0 Plain paper-L
14 1 00 0 Thick paper-L
14 4 00 0 Heavier paper-L
14 5 00 0 Heavier paper-H
14 6 00 0 Envelope
14 7 00 0 Postcard
14 8 00 0 Transparency
14 9 00 0 Label-H
14 A 00 0 Plain paper-L High Gloss
14 B 00 0 Thicker paper-L High Gloss
14 C 00 0 Label-L
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
14 E 00 0 Heavier paper-L BackFace
14 F 00 0 Heavier paper-H BackFace
14 10 00 0 Envelope BackFace
14 11 00 0 Postcard BackFace
14 12 00 0 Plain paper-H
14 13 00 0 Thick paper-H
14 14 00 0 Plain paper-H High Gloss
14 15 00 0 Thick paper-H High Gloss
14 1B 05 5 Color Balance Adjustment Y
14 1C 05 5 Color Balance Adjustment M
14 1D 05 5 Color Balance Adjustment C
14 1E 05 5 Color Balance Adjustment K
14 1F 05 5 Density Adjustment YMCK
14 20 F9 249 Color Balance Adjustment 0
14 21 FA 250 Color Balance Adjustment 1
14 22 FB 251 Color Balance Adjustment 2
14 23P FC 252 Color Balance Adjustment 3
14 24 FE 254 Color Balance Adjustment 4
14 25 00 0 Color Balance Adjustment 5
14 2A 07 7 Color Balance Adjustment 10
14 2B F1 241 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 0
14 2C F4 244 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 1
14 2D F7 247 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 2
14 2E FA 250 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 3
14 2F FD 253 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 4
14 30 00 0 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 5
14 34 0C 12 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 9
14 35 0F 15 Density Adjustment (Vdc) 10
14 36 FB 251 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 0
14 37 FC 252 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 1
14 38 FD 253 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 2
14 39 FE 254 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 3
14 3A FF 255 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 4
2.6 NVM List
2-61
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
14 3B 00 0 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 5
14 3C 01 1 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 6
14 3D 02 2 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 7
14 3E 03 3 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 8
14 3F 04 4 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 9
14 40 05 5 Density Adjustment (Vcf) 10
14 41 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th Y) 0
14 4A 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th Y) 9
14 4B 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th Y) 10
14 4C 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th M) 0
14 4D 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th M) 1
14 4E 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th M) 2
14 4F 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th M) 3
14 50 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th M) 4
14 57 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 0
14 5A 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 3
14 5B 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 4
14 5C 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 5
14 5D 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 6
14 5E 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 7
14 5F 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th C) 8
14 62 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th K) 0
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
14 6A 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th K) 8
14 6B 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th K) 9
14 6C 00 0 Density Adjustment (PCDC_Th K) 10
14 80 00 0 Plain paper-L Coated
14 81 00 0 Thick paper-L Coated
14 84 00 0 Heavier paper-L Coated
14 85 00 0 Heavier paper-H Coated
14 86 00 0 Envelope Coated
14 87 00 0 Postcard Coated
14 88 00 0 Transparency Coated
14 89 00 0 Label-H Coated
14 8A 00 0 Plain paper-L High Gloss Coated
14 8B 00 0 Thicker paper-L High Gloss Coated
14 8C 00 0 Label-L Coated
14 8E 00 0 Heavier paper-L BackFace Coated
14 8F 00 0 Heavier paper-H BackFace Coated
14 90 00 0 Envelope BackFace Coated
14 91 00 0 Postcard BackFace Coated
14 92 00 0 Plain paper-H Coated
14 93 00 0 Thick paper-H Coated
14 94 00 0 Plain paper-H High Gloss Coated
14 95 00 0 Thick paper-H High Gloss Coated
2.6 NVM List
2-62
User
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
15 0 00 0 UserData1
15 1 00 0 UserData2
15 2 00 0 UserData3
15 3 00 0 UserData4
15 4 00 0 UserData5
15 5 00 0 UserData6
15 6 00 0 UserData7
15 7 00 0 UserData8
15 8 00 0 UserData9
15 9 00 0 UserData10
15 A 00 0 UserData11
15 B 00 0 UserData12
15 C 00 0 UserData13
15 D 00 0 UserData14
Cleaner (1)
Address Setup Values
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Details
18 50 30 48 Cleaning Interval 0 0 4095
18 56 10 16 Cleaning Interval 6 24576
Fuser (3)
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Details
27 49 00 0 U4 Previous U4 0 0 0
27 4A 00 0 U4 Last one before
previous U4
0 0 0
Fuser (1)
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec Details
25 2A 16 22 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Large (00) Full Speed
25 2B 1E 30 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Medium (01) Full Speed
25 2C 26 38 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Small (10) Full Speed
Upper
Level
Lower
Level
Hex Dec
Details
25 2D 18 24 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Large (00) Full Speed
25 2E 20 32 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Medium (01) Full Speed
25 2F 28 40 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Small (10) Full Speed
25 30 1A 26 Temperature Table Bond Low Large (00) Full Speed
25 31 22 34 Temperature Table Bond Low Medium (01) Full Speed
25 32 2A 42 Temperature Table Bond Low Small (10) Full Speed
25 33 1C 28 Temperature Table Bond High Large (00) Full Speed
25 34 24 36 Temperature Table Bond High Medium (01) Full Speed
25 35 2C 44 Temperature Table Bond High Small (10) Full Speed
25 36 2E 46 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Large (00) Half Speed
25 37 36 54 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Medium (01) Half Speed
25 38 3E 62 Temperature Table Plain Paper Low Small (10) Half Speed
25 39 30 48 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Large (00) Half Speed
25 3A 38 56 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Medium (01) Half Speed
25 3B 40 64 Temperature Table Plain Paper High Small (10) Half Speed
25 3C 32 50 Temperature Table Bond Low Large (00) Half Speed
25 3D 3A 58 Temperature Table Bond Low Medium (01) Half Speed
25 3E 42 66 Temperature Table Bond Low Small (10) Half Speed
25 3F 34 52 Temperature Table Bond High Large (00) Half Speed
25 40 3C 60 Temperature Table Bond High Medium (01) Half Speed
25 41 44 68 Temperature Table Bond High Small (10) Half Speed
25 42 46 70 Temperature Table Label 1 (Japan) Large (00) Half Speed
25 43 5C 92 Temperature Table Label 1 (Japan) Medium (01) Half Speed
25 44 5E 94 Temperature Table Label 1 (Japan) Small (10) Half Speed
25 45 48 72 Temperature Table Label 2 (Overseas) Large (00) Half Speed
25 46 3A 58 Temperature Table Label 2 (Overseas) Medium (01) Half Speed
25 47 42 66 Temperature Table Label 2 (Overseas) Small (10) Half Speed
25 48 4A 74 Temperature Table Heavyweight 1
(Lightweight series)
Large (00) Half Speed
25 49 4C 76 Temperature Table Heavyweight 1
Medium (01) Half Speed
25 4A 4E 78 Temperature Table Heavyweight 1
Small (10) Half Speed
25 4B 50 80 Temperature Table Heavyweight 2
(Heavyweight series)
Large (00) Half Speed
25 4C 52 82 Temperature Table Heavyweight 2
Medium (01) Half Speed
25 4D 54 84 Temperature Table Heavyweight 2
Small (10) Half Speed
25 4E 56 86 Temperature Table Transparency 00 Half Speed
25 4F 58 88 Temperature Table Envelope 00 Half Speed
25 50 5A 90 Temperature Table Postcard 00 Half Speed
2.7 HEX-to-DEC Conversion Table
2-63
2.7 HEX-to-DEC Conversion Table
DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX
1 01 45 2D 89 59 133 85 177 B1
2 02 46 2E 90 5A 134 86 178 B2
3 03 47 2F 91 5B 135 87 179 B3
4 04 48 30 92 5C 136 88 180 B4
5 05 49 31 93 5D 137 89 181 B5
6 06 50 32 94 5E 138 8A 182 B6
7 07 51 33 95 5F 139 8B 183 B7
8 08 52 34 96 60 140 8C 184 B8
9 09 53 35 97 61 141 8D 185 B9
10 0A 54 36 98 62 142 8E 186 BA
11 0B 55 37 99 63 143 8F 187 BB
12 0C 56 38 100 64 144 90 188 BC
13 0D 57 39 101 65 145 91 189 BD
14 0E 58 3A 102 66 146 92 190 BE
15 0F 59 3B 103 67 147 93 191 BF
16 10 60 3C 104 68 148 94 192 C0
17 11 61 3D 105 69 149 95 193 C1
18 12 62 3E 106 6A 150 96 194 C2
19 13 63 3F 107 6B 151 97 195 C3
20 14 64 40 108 6C 152 98 196 C4
21 15 65 41 109 6D 153 99 197 C5
22 16 66 42 110 6E 154 9A 198 C6
23 17 67 43 111 6F 155 9B 199 C7
24 18 68 44 112 70 156 9C 200 C8
25 19 69 45 113 71 157 9D 201 C9
26 1A 70 46 114 72 158 9E 202 CA
27 1B 71 47 115 73 159 9F 203 CB
28 1C 72 48 116 74 160 A0 204 CC
29 1D 73 49 117 75 161 A1 205 CD
30 1E 74 4A 118 76 162 A2 206 CE
31 1F 75 4B 119 77 163 A3 207 CF
32 20 76 4C 120 78 164 A4 208 D0
33 21 77 4D 121 79 165 A5 209 D1
34 22 78 4E 122 7A 166 A6 210 D2
35 23 79 4F 123 7B 167 A7 211 D3
36 24 80 50 124 7C 168 A8 212 D4
37 25 81 51 125 7D 169 A9 213 D5
38 26 82 52 126 7E 170 AA 214 D6
39 27 83 53 127 7F 171 AB 215 D7
40 28 84 54 128 80 172 AC 216 D8
41 29 85 55 129 81 173 AD 217 D9
42 2A 86 56 130 82 174 AE 218 DA
43 2B 87 57 131 83 175 AF 219 DB
44 2C 88 58 132 84 176 B0 220 DC
DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX
221 DD 265 0109 309 0135 353 0161 397 018D
222 DE 266 010A 310 0136 354 0162 398 018E
223 DF 267 010B 311 0137 355 0163 399 018F
224 E0 268 010C 312 0138 356 0164 400 0190
225 E1 269 010D 313 0139 357 0165 401 0191
226 E2 270 010E 314 013A 358 0166 402 0192
227 E3 271 010F 315 013B 359 0167 403 0193
228 E4 272 0110 316 013C 360 0168 404 0194
229 E5 273 0111 317 013D 361 0169 405 0195
230 E6 274 0112 318 013E 362 016A 406 0196
231 E7 275 0113 319 013F 363 016B 407 0197
232 E8 276 0114 320 0140 364 016C 408 0198
233 E9 277 0115 321 0141 365 016D 409 0199
234 EA 278 0116 322 0142 366 016E 410 019A
235 EB 279 0117 323 0143 367 016F 411 019B
236 EC 280 0118 324 0144 368 0170 412 019C
237 ED 281 0119 325 0145 369 0171 413 019D
238 EE 282 011A 326 0146 370 0172 414 019E
239 EF 283 011B 327 0147 371 0173 415 019F
240 F0 284 011C 328 0148 372 0174 416 01A0
241 F1 285 011D 329 0149 373 0175 417 01A1
242 F2 286 011E 330 014A 374 0176 418 01A2
243 F3 287 011F 331 014B 375 0177 419 01A3
244 F4 288 0120 332 014C 376 0178 420 01A4
245 F5 289 0121 333 014D 377 0179 421 01A5
246 F6 290 0122 334 014E 378 017A 422 01A6
247 F7 291 0123 335 014F 379 017B 423 01A7
248 F8 292 0124 336 0150 380 017C 424 01A8
249 F9 293 0125 337 0151 381 017D 425 01A9
250 FA 294 0126 338 0152 382 017E 426 01AA
251 FB 295 0127 339 0153 383 017F 427 01AB
252 FC 296 0128 340 0154 384 0180 428 01AC
253 FD 297 0129 341 0155 385 0181 429 01AD
254 FE 298 012A 342 0156 386 0182 430 01AE
255 FF 299 012B 343 0157 387 0183 431 01AF
256 0100 300 012C 344 0158 388 0184 432 01B0
257 0101 301 012D 345 0159 389 0185 433 01B1
258 0102 302 012E 346 015A 390 0186 434 01B2
259 0103 303 012F 347 015B 391 0187 435 01B3
260 0104 304 0130 348 015C 392 0188 436 01B4
261 0105 305 0131 349 015D 393 0189 437 01B5
262 0106 306 0132 350 015E 394 018A 438 01B6
263 0107 307 0133 351 015F 395 018B 439 01B7
264 0108 308 0134 352 0160 396 018C 440 01B8
Contents
3-1
Contents
3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Flowchart ........................................................... 2
3.2 Image Specifications.......................................................................................... 3
3.2.1 Parallelism................................................................................................... 3
3.2.2 Perpendicularity........................................................................................... 3
3.2.3 Skew........................................................................................................... 3
3.2.4 Linearity....................................................................................................... 3
3.2.5 Magnification Error ....................................................................................... 4
3.2.6 Registration ................................................................................................. 4
3.2.7 Guaranteed Print Area ................................................................................. 4
3.3 Test Print ........................................................................................................... 5
3.3.1 Test Print ..................................................................................................... 5
3.4 Image Quality FIP............................................................................................... 6
3.4.1 Precautions for Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................. 6
3.4.2 Basic Rules for Image Quality Adjustment .................................................... 6
3.4.3 Symptoms vs Image Quality Problems ......................................................... 7
3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Flowchart
3-2
3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting Flowchart
Ask the operator about the symptom(s).
Print a built-in test pattern.
Does the image trouble persist?
Y N
When compared with the standard sample, are
the details of the trouble better than the sample
quality?
Did the operator say OK?
Check the print instruction.
Is it correct?
Y N
Explain to the customer how to
instruct printing.
For testing at the host, send a print from another
client/application.
Does the image trouble persist?
Y N
If the customer has an image trouble sample,
perform troubleshooting referring to it.
Y N
Explain the details to the
customer.
Is there the appropriate troubleshooting in
Symptom FIP?
Y N
Referring to the appropriate FIP,
perform troubleshooting.
Based on the image trouble
samples, perform troubleshooting.
Referring to BSD etc.,
perform troubleshooting.
3.2 Image Specifications
3-3
3.2.1 Parallelism
3.2.2 Perpendicularity
3.2.3 Skew
3.2.4 Linearity
3-4
3.2.5 Magnification Error
3.2.6 Registration
3.2.7 Guaranteed Print Area
3.3 Test Print
3-5
3.3 Test Print
3.3.1 Test Print
Function: Prints built-in test patterns from the device.
Procedures:
2. Use the

or

button to display the "CE Maintenance Test Print" item.
Maintenance Test Print".
4. Use the

or

button to display the test print pattern.
(Refer to the table below for details on test print patterns.)
5. Press the Set/Eject button to confirm the test print pattern.
6. Press the Set/Eject button again to perform test printing.
(The message "Printing" will be displayed on the LCD.)
7. The printer will return to ready state after the test print pattern has been printed.
(The message "Ready to Print" will be displayed on the LCD.)
8. Press the Cancel button twice to return to the "Test Print" screen.
9. Use the

or

button to select another Diag item, or select "End" to exit the
Diag.
Test Print Patterns:
Function Details
No image [IOT] Outputs paper without printing images on it.
Grid 2 [ESS] Prints an ESS built-in grid pattern.
Test pattern 600 [IOT] Prints an IOT built-in 600dpi pattern.
Cyan 20% [A4] Prints the entire A4 page painted with 20% of Cyan
density.
Magenta 20% [A4] Prints the entire A4 page painted with 20% of Magenta
density.
Yellow 20% [A4] Prints the entire A4 page painted with 20% of Yellow
density.
Black 20% [A4] Prints the entire A4 page painted with 20% of Black
density.
CMY 20% [A4] Prints the entire A4 page painted with 20% of C, M, and Y
density.
Gradation Pattern [A4] Prints gradation patterns from 100% to 2% of four color
density on A4 paper.
NIP Adjustment Pattern
[A4]
Prints the NIP adjustment pattern on A4SEF.
Feed Correction Chart
[A4]
Prints the feed correction chart on A4 paper.
SEOTlON 3 lMAGE QA|lTY TROB|ESHOOTlNG
3.4 lmage Qua||ty FlP
3-6
3.4 lmage Qua||ty FlP
3.4.1 Preoaut|ons for lmage Qua||ty Troub|eshoot|ng
The oheok|ng and hand||ng of |mage qua||ty troub|eshoot|ng shou|d be done
aooord|ng to the ||st of troub|eshoot|ng steps based on d|fferent symptoms. lf any
|mage qua||ty fa||ure or abnorma| |mage qua||ty ooours repeated|y, oheok the
oustomer's |nsta||at|on env|ronment, used doouments and the ||fe of oonsumab|es.
1. lnsta||at|on Env|ronment
z Ensure that the power supp|y vo|tage |s 100 10vAO.
z Avo|d p|aoes w|th h|gh temperature or h|gh hum|d|ty (near water faoets, water
heaters, hum|d|f|ers, a|r oond|t|oners or souroes of |gn|t|on, and dusty p|aoes.
z Avo|d p|aoes where ammon|a gas |s em|tted.
z Avo|d d|reot sun||ght.
z Avo|d poor|y vent||ated p|aoes.
z Avo|d p|aoes where the pr|nter oannot be kept |eve|.
2. Oheok the HOST for lmage Qua||ty prob|ems
z Oheok |f the prob|em depends on the app||oat|on used to perform the pr|nt
output.
1, Pr|nt from another o||ent.
2, Pr|nt from another app||oat|on.
3, Pr|nt from another f||e.
4, Rep|aoe the dr|ver.
5, Rep|aoe the app||oat|on.
6, Oheok the o||ent system.
3. Oheok Oonsumab|es
z Oheok the ||fe of oonsumab|es.
1, Drum Oartr|dge ..................... 30K pr|nts
2 Transfer Ro|| Oartr|dge ...........18K pr|nts
3, Y Toner Oartr|dge .................. 6K pr|nts
4, M Toner Oartr|dge ................. 6K pr|nts
5, O Toner Oartr|dge.................. 6K pr|nts
6 K Toner Oartr|dge .................. 8K pr|nts
3.4.2 Bas|o Ru|es for lmage Qua||ty Adjustment
The bas|o ru|es for |mage qua||ty adjustment are to o|ean the oomponents of the
pr|nter.
O|ean the oomponents of the ADO Sensor, paper feeder, fuser and Transfer Ro||.
Not|oeab|e smears or smears made |n a short per|od of t|me on any oomponent of
the pr|nter oou|d be oaused by the |nsta||at|on env|ronment |tse|f. Therefore,
appropr|ate aot|on shou|d be taken.
3.4 Image Quality FIP
3-7
3.4.3 Symptoms vs Image Quality Problems
Thin
Symptoms/Initial Steps
Blank areas in printed paper
Image is not printed properly with blank areas or thin color.
Initial Steps
Is there anything unusual, such as use of parts with different specifications, improper
installation, damage, deformation, smearing, or attached foreign substance?
Related Parts
The following parts are related to the trouble. These parts may have a problem. If the
problem persists after this FIP procedure, replace them respectively for checking.
Parts to be connected to Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9), PHD Assy
(PL11.1.3)
Item Check Yes No
1 Paper status
1. Load new and dry paper.
2. Perform test printing.
Is the density of the image normal?
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 2.
2 PHD ASSY (PL11.1.3)
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 3.
3 Grounding of the Drum
Check the ground circuit of the Drum.
Is the grounding of the Drum normal?
Go to Step 4.
Repair, clean,
or replace the
faulty part(s).
Item Check Yes No
4 Check the laser beam path.
1. Check the path of the laser beam between
the ROS Assy (PL11.1.1) and the Drum for
obstacle.
2. Check the ROS Assy window for
contamination.
Is the path of the laser beam clear of obstacle and
is the ROS Assy window clean?
Go to Step 5.
Remove the
obstacle or
clean the
window of the
ROS Assy
(PL11.1.1).
5 ROS Assy (PL11.1.1)
1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP11.1)
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 6.
6 BTR Assy (PL9.1.2)
Check the BTR Assy Roll.
Does the BTR Roll has damage or wear?
Replace the
BTR Assy.
(REP9.2)
Go to Step 7.
7 Wire Assy BTR (PL6.1.1), Spring BTR TO.3
(PL6.1.2), Shaft BTR In (PL6.1.3)
Check the continuity between the Wire Assy
BTR and Shaft BTR In.
Is the wire conducting?
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
part(s) that
hinders the
continuity.
3-8
White Paper
Symptom/Initial Steps
Solid white in printout (white paper)
The image is not printed and the entire printout is solid white.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1), HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y/M/C/K) (PL12.2.1), Sub HVPS
(PL12.1.9)
Item Check Yes No
1 Toner Cartridge (Y/M/C/K) (PL12.1.1/2/3/4)
Is there sufficient toner in the TONER CARTRIDGE?
Go to Step
2.
Replace the
Toner
Cartridge.
Is the problem solved?
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step
4.
Repair, clean,
or replace the
faulty part(s).
Item Check Yes No
4 Laser light path
1. Check the Laser light path between the
ROS Assy (PL11.1.1) and the drum in the
PHD Assy (PL11.1.3).
contamination.
Is there foreign substance or contamination on the
laser light path?
Remove the
foreign
substance or
contamination.
Go to Step 5.
1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP11.1)
Is the problem solved?
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 6.
Does the BTR Roll have contamination, damage,
or wear?
Replace the
BTR Assy.
(REP9.2)
Go to Step 7.
7 Wire Assy BTR (PL6.1.1), Spring BTR TO.3
(PL6.1.2), Shaft BTR In (PL6.1.3)
Check the continuity between the Wire Assy
BTR and Shaft BTR In.
Is the wire conducting?
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Replace the
part(s) that
hinders the
continuity.
3-9
Solid Black
Solid black in printout
The entire images are printed in solid black.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1), BTR Assy (PL9.1.2), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9), LVPS (PL15.1.10)
Item Check Yes No
Is the printout normal?
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 2.
2 MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
1. Wrap all of the laser beam outlet of the ROS
Assy (PL11.1.1) with paper.
Is the image printed in black?
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Go to Step 3.
1. Wrap half of the laser beam outlet of the
ROS Assy (PL11.1.1) with paper.
Is half of the image printed in white and the other in
black?
Replace the
ROS Assy.
(REP11.1)
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Blank or Lighter Image, or Stripes or Bands in Paper Feed Direction
Blank image or stripes in printout
The images are printed in white or lighter color in the paper feed direction, or stripes are
printed on the image.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9)
Item Check Yes No
1 Paper
1. Load new standard paper.
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 3.
Problem
solved.
3 Laser light path
1. Check the Laser light path between the
ROS Assy (PL11.1.1) and the drum inside
PHD Assy (PL11.1.3).
contamination.
Is there foreign substance or contamination on the
laser light path?
Remove the
foreign
substance or
contamination.
Go to Step 4.
3-10
Item Check Yes No
4 Paper Path
Check for contamination or obstacle on
the paper path.
Is there obstacle on the paper path?
Remove the
obstacle from
the paper
path.
Go to Step 5.
Is there damage or wear on the BTR Roll?
Replace the
BTR Assy
(REP9.2)
Go to Step 6.
6 Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
1. Remove the FUSER Assy 100V. (REP9.1)
Perform servicing after the Fuser
Assy 100V cools down.
2. Check the HEAT ROLL and Belt Assy for
scratch, contamination, or foreign
substances.
Is there scratch or damage on the Heat Roll and
Belt Assy?
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
Replace the
related part(s)
respectively.
Blank or Lighter Image, or Stripes or Bands in Vertical Direction of Paper Feed
Blank image or stripes in printout
The images are printed in white or lighter color in the vertical direction of the paper feed,
or stripes are printed on the image.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
Parts to be connected to ROS Assy (PL11.1.1), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9), PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Item Check Yes No
1 Paper
1. Load new standard paper.
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
Go to Step 3.
Problem
solved.
Is there damage or wear on the BTR Roll?
Replace the
BTR Assy.
(REP9.2)
Go to Step 4.
4 Check the periodical variations.
Are there periodical variations?
Replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 5.
WARNING
3-11
Item Check Yes No
Perform servicing after the Fuser Assy
100V cools down.
scratch, contamination, or attached foreign
substances.
Belt Assy?
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
Go to Step 6.
6 Deve Drive Assy (PL14.1.1)
1. Replace the Deve Drive Assy. (REP14.1)
2. Print the defective image again.
Go to Step 7.
Problem
solved.
7 Main Drive Assy (PL14.1.9)
1. Replace the Main Drive Assy. (REP14.2)
Go to Step 8.
Problem
solved.
8 Connection of the PHD Assy (PL11.1.3)
Check the connection of each circuit of the
PHD Assy.
Is each circuit of the PHD Assy connected
properly?
Go to Step 9.
Replace or
repair the part.
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Repair, clean,
or replace the
faulty part(s).
Black (Color) Dot
Black dots in printout
The images are printed with round-shape black (color) points.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
ROS Assy (PL11.1.1), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9)
Item Check Yes No
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
100V cools down.
substances.
Belt Assy?
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
Go to Step 3.
Does the BTR Roll has damage or wear?
Replace the
BTR Assy
(REP9.2)
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
WARNING
WARNING
3-12
Smear
The image is smeared.
Margins of the printed paper are smeared with toner.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
BTR Assy (PL9.1.2), ROS Assy (PL11.1.1), Sub HVPS (PL12.1.9), ESS PWB (PL16.1.5)
Item Check Yes No
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
2 Grounding of the Chute Assy In
Check the ground circuit of the Chute Assy In.
Is the Chute Assy In grounded?
Go to Step 3.
Repair the
area with
grounding
failure.
3 Grounding of the Chute Assy Out
Check the ground circuit of the Chute Assy Out.
Is the Chute Assy Out grounded?
Go to Step 4.
Repair the
area with
grounding
failure.
4 Grounding of the Chute Assy Exit (PL8.1.1)
Check the ground circuit of the Chute Assy Exit.
Is the Chute Assy Exit grounded?
Go to Step 5.
Repair the
area with
grounding
failure.
5 Grounding of the Fuser Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
Check the ground circuit of the Fuser Assy 100V.
Is the Fuser Assy 100V grounded?
Replace the
MCU AND
HVPS PWB.
(REP15.1)
Repair the
area with
grounding
failure.
Paper Skew
Print Skew
The images are printed skewed.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
PAPER FEEDER, Chute Regi ST (PL10.1.1), Chute Assy Out , BTR Assy (PL9.1.2), Fuser
Assy 100V (PL9.1.1)
Item Check Yes No
1 Paper Load/Cassette Assy
1. Remove the Cassette Assy where the
trouble occurred.
2. Reload paper.
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
2 Paper Path
Check for unusual burr, foreign substance, or
smear on the paper path.
Is there any obstacle on the paper path?
Clean or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 3.
3 Paper Feed Roll
Check the Paper Feed Roll.
Is there wear or damage on the Paper Feed Roll?
Clean or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 4.
3-13
Item Check Yes No
4 Paper Transfer Roll
Check all Paper Transfer Rolls.
Is there any unusual foreign substance, smear,
deformation, or operation failure on the Paper
Transfer Rolls?
Clean or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 5.
Check the installation status of the ROS Assy.
Is the ROS Assy installed improperly?
Reinstall the
ROS Assy.
(REP11.1)
Go to Step 6.
Replace the
related part(s)
respectively.
Problem
solved.
Crumple Paper
Crumple paper
The paper is printed crumple.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
PAPER FEEDER, Chute Regi ST (PL10.1.1), Chute Assy Out, BTR Assy (PL9.1.2), PHD
ASSY (PL11.1.3)
Item Check Yes No
1 Humidity of paper
1. Replace with the new paper just after
unwrapping.
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
100V cools down.
substances.
Is there scratch or damage in the Heat Roll and
Belt Assy?
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
Go to Step 3.
3 Paper Skew
Is the paper fed skewed?
Go to "Paper
Skew".
Go to Step 4.
WARNING
3-14
Item Check Yes No
4 Paper Path
Check for unusual burr, foreign substance, or
smear on the paper path.
Is there any obstacle on the paper path?
Clean or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Go to Step 5.
5 Paper Transfer Roll
Check all Paper Transfer Rolls.
Is there any unusual foreign substance, smear,
deformation, or operation failure on the Paper
Transfer Rolls?
Clean or
replace the
appropriate
part(s).
Replace the
related part(s)
respectively.
Fusing Failure
Fusing failure of printout
When the printed images are rubbed, they are removed easily.
Initial Steps
Related Parts
LVPS (PL15.1.10), MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2), Harness Assy AC SW (PL15.1.11)
Item Check Yes No
1 Humidity of paper
1. Replace with the new paper just after
unwrapping.
Go to Step 2.
Problem
solved.
100V cools down.
substances.
Is there scratch or damage in the Heat Roll and
Belt Assy?
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
Go to Step 3.
Turn the Gear Idler manually to check if the
Heat Roll touches the Belt Assy evenly.
Does the Heat Roll touch the Belt Assy evenly?
Replace the
related part(s)
respectively.
Replace the
Fuser Assy
100V.
(REP9.1)
WARNING
SECTION 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES,
ADJUSTMENT
Contents
SECTION 4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES, ADJUSTMENT 4-1
Contents
4.1 Preface...................................................................................................................... 4
4.1.1 Before Carrying Out the Repair/Adjustment Procedures....................................... 4
4.1.2 How to Use the Repair/Adjustment Procedures Section....................................... 4
4.2 Disassembly and Assembly Procedures ..................................................................... 5
1. Cover ....................................................................................................................... 5
REP1.1 CONTROL PANEL HANABI (PL1.1.1) ........................................................... 5
REP1.2 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD (PL1.1.2) ......................................................... 6
REP1.3 FUSER FAN (PL1.1.9)................................................................................... 7
REP1.4 COVER TOP MAIN (PL1.1.13) ...................................................................... 7
REP1.5 COVER ASSY TOP PHD (PL1.1.15).............................................................. 8
REP1.6 COVER REAR (PL1.1.28) ............................................................................. 8
REP1.7 LINK L (PL1.2.5) ........................................................................................... 9
REP1.8 LINK R (PL1.2.5) .......................................................................................... 9
REP1.9 COVER SIDE R (PL1.2.2)............................................................................ 10
REP1.10 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.10) ............................................................. 10
REP1.11 COVER MSI (PL1.2.21)............................................................................. 11
REP1.12 TRAY ASSY MSI (PL1.2.12) ...................................................................... 11
REP1.13 COVER ASSY FRONT IN (PL1.2.10) ......................................................... 12
REP1.14 COVER SIDE L (PL1.2.1) .......................................................................... 12
2. CHASSIS & FEEDER/CASSETTE............................................................................ 13
REP2.1 FDR/CST ASSY FX (PL2.1.2)...................................................................... 13
3. PAPER CASSETTE................................................................................................. 14
REP3.1 ROLL ASSY (PL3.1.6)................................................................................. 14
REP3.2 HOLDER RETARD (PL3.1.9) ....................................................................... 14
REP3.3 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT (REFERENCE ONLY).......................................... 15
4. PAPER FEEDER..................................................................................................... 16
REP4.1 CHUTE ASSY TURN (PL4.1.6) ................................................................... 16
REP4.2 COVER CASSETTE (PL4.1.3) ..................................................................... 16
REP4.3 HSG FDR L (PL4.2.1).................................................................................. 17
REP4.4 HSG FDR R (PL4.2.2) ................................................................................. 18
REP4.5 HUM TEMP SENSOR (PL4.2.4) .................................................................. 19
REP4.6 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC (PL4.2.9)........................................................... 20
REP4.7 TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL4.2.8)......................................................... 21
REP4.8 LEVER LOW PAPER (PL4.2.10) .................................................................. 22
REP4.9 INDICATOR (PL4.2.11)................................................................................ 23
REP4.10 GUIDE INDICATOR (PL4.2.13) .................................................................. 24
REP4.11 PICKUP ASSY (PL4.3.1) ........................................................................... 25
REP4.12 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL4.3.3) ..................................................................... 26
REP4.13 TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL4.3.4) ...................................................... 27
REP4.14 TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL4.3.20) ................................................. 28
REP4.15 ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL4.3.5) ............................................................. 29
REP4.16 LINK ACTUATOR (PL4.3.6) ....................................................................... 30
REP4.17 TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID (PL4.3.17) ......................................................... 31
REP4.18 TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.3.18) .................................................. 32
REP4.19 ROLL ASSY TURN (PL4.3.21)................................................................... 33
REP4.20 ROLL ASSY (PL4.3.25) ............................................................................. 34
5. HOUSING ASSY RETARD....................................................................................... 35
REP5.1 HOUSING ASSY RETARD (PL5.1.1)............................................................ 35
REP5.2 ROLL TURN (PL5.1.2) ................................................................................ 36
REP5.3 ROLL ASSY RETARD (PL5.1.5)................................................................... 37
REP5.4 MSI TURN CLUTCH (PL5.1.9) .................................................................... 38
REP5.5 STUD RETARD (PL5.1.10) .......................................................................... 38
6. CHUTE ASSY IN..................................................................................................... 39
REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6) ................................................................................ 39
REP6.2 ADC SENSOR ASSY (PL6.1.11) ................................................................. 40
REP6.3 WASTE TONER SENSOR (PL6.1.18) .......................................................... 40
REP6.4 FUSER DRIVE ASSY (PL6.2.1).................................................................... 41
REP6.5 LATCH R (PL6.2.12) ................................................................................... 41
REP6.6 LATCH L (PL6.2.22) .................................................................................... 42
Contents
4-2
7. CHUTE ASSY OUT................................................................................................. 43
REP7.1 CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7.1)......................................................................... 43
REP7.2 FULL STACK SENSOR (PL7.1.3) ................................................................ 44
REP7.3 ACTUATOR FULL (PL7.1.4) ........................................................................ 44
REP7.4 DUP JAM SENSOR (PL7.1.13) ................................................................... 45
REP7.5 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR (PL7.2.23) .......................................................... 45
REP7.6 ELIMINATOR ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY) ................................................... 46
REP7.7 ROLL DUP (PL7.1.12) ................................................................................ 46
REP7.8 ACTUATOR DUP (PL7.1.14) ....................................................................... 47
REP7.9 LATCH OUT (PL7.2.2) ................................................................................ 47
REP7.10 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL7.2.11) ................................................................... 48
REP7.11 ACTUATOR MSI (PL7.2.25) ...................................................................... 48
REP7.12 MSI FEED SOLENOID (PL7.2.28) ............................................................. 49
REP7.13 SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED (REFERENCE ONLY) ....................................... 49
REP7.14 PLATE AS BTM (PL7.2) ............................................................................ 50
8. CHUTE ASSY EXIT................................................................................................. 51
REP8.1 CHUTE ASSY EXIT (PL8.1) ......................................................................... 51
REP8.2 ROLL EXIT (PL8.1.4)................................................................................... 51
REP8.3 ROLL MID (PL8.1.5) ................................................................................... 52
REP8.4 DUP MOTOR ASSY (PL8.1.8)..................................................................... 52
9. BTR ASSY & FUSER .............................................................................................. 53
REP9.1 FUSER ASSY 100V (PL9.1.1) ..................................................................... 53
REP9.2 BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2)................................................................................... 53
REP9.3 STRAP (PL9.1.3) ........................................................................................ 54
10. REGISTRATION.................................................................................................... 55
REP10.1 CHUTE REGI ST (PL10.1.1)...................................................................... 55
REP10.2 REGI SENSOR (PL10.1.20) ...................................................................... 56
REP10.3 ACTUATOR REGI (PL10.1.21) .................................................................. 56
REP10.4 OHP SENSOR (PL10.1.16) ....................................................................... 57
11. XEROGRAPHICS ................................................................................................. 58
REP11.1 ROS ASSY (PL11.1.1) .............................................................................. 58
REP11.2 HSG ASSY BIAS (PL11.1.4)...................................................................... 58
12. TCRU ASSY ......................................................................................................... 59
REP12.1 HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT (REFERENCE ONLY) ..................................... 59
REP12.2 HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) (PL12.2.1) ...................................................... 60
REP12.3 HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) (PL12.2.2) ..................................................... 61
REP12.4 HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) (PL12.2.3) ...................................................... 61
REP12.5 HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) (PL12.2.4) ...................................................... 62
REP12.6 TCRU SWITCH ASSY (PL12.2.30) ............................................................ 62
REP12.7 LOW TONER SENSOR (PL12.2.28) .......................................................... 63
REP12.8 EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8) ........................................................................ 63
REP12.9 SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9) .............................................................................. 64
13. FRAME................................................................................................................. 65
REP13.1 LEVER DRUM: L (PL13.1.4) ...................................................................... 65
REP13.2 LEVER DRUM: R (PL13.1.4) ..................................................................... 66
REP13.3 ACTUATOR I/R (PL13.1.8) ........................................................................ 67
REP13.4 PWBA ASSY EARTH (PL13.1.17) ............................................................. 67
14. DRIVE................................................................................................................... 68
REP14.1 DEVE DRIVE ASSY (PL14.1.1) .................................................................. 68
REP14.2 MAIN DRIVE ASSY (PL14.1.9) .................................................................. 68
15. ELECTRICAL ........................................................................................................ 69
REP15.1 MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)............................................................. 69
REP15.2 FAN REAR (PL15.1.3) ............................................................................... 69
REP15.3 LVPS (PL15.1.10)...................................................................................... 70
REP15.4 HARNESS ASSY AC SW (PL15.1.11) ....................................................... 70
REP15.5 DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15) ........................................................................... 71
REP15.6 BOX ASSY MCU/ESS (REFERENCE ONLY) .............................................. 71
REP15.7 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT (PL15.1.8) ..................................................... 72
16. ESS...................................................................................................................... 73
REP16.1 ESS PWB (PL16.1.5) ................................................................................ 73
17. 2TRAY MODULE................................................................................................... 74
REP17.1 COVER FRONT (PL17.1.5) ....................................................................... 74
Contents
REP17.2 COVER R (PL17.1.4) ................................................................................ 74
REP17.3 COVER L (PL17.1.1)................................................................................. 75
REP17.4 CHUTE ASSY TURN (PL4.2.8).................................................................. 75
REP17.5 HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T (PL17.4.3) ........................................................ 76
REP17.6 HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T (PL17.4.4) ........................................................ 76
REP17.7 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL17.4.5) ............................................................. 77
REP17.8 INDICATOR ASSY (PL17.4.10) ................................................................. 77
REP17.9 HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG (PL17.4.2)...................................................... 78
REP17.10 FEEDER PWB (PL17.4.1) ....................................................................... 78
REP17.11 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R (PL17.2.6) ................................................... 79
REP17.12 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L (PL17.2.3).................................................... 81
REP17.13 LINK ACTUATOR (PL17.3.6)................................................................... 81
REP17.14 PICK UP ASSY TR2 (PL17.3.1)............................................................... 82
REP17.15 PICK UP ASSY TR3 (PL17.3.1)............................................................... 82
REP17.16 GEAR IDLER (PL17.4.6) ......................................................................... 83
REP17.17 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL17.4.7/PL17.4.8) ........................................... 83
REP17.18 CASTER ASSYS (PL17.1.6).................................................................... 84
REP17.19 CASTER ASSY (PL17.1.7) ...................................................................... 84
REP17.20 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL17.2.7) .............................................................. 85
REP17.21 STOPPER CST (PL17.2.4)...................................................................... 85
REP17.22 FEED SOLENOID (PL17.3.17) ................................................................ 86
REP17.23 SPRING FEED H (PL17.3.10) ................................................................. 86
REP17.24 SPRING FEED 1 (PL17.3.9) .................................................................... 87
REP17.25 GEAR FEED H2 (PL17.3.11) ................................................................... 87
REP17.26 GEAR FEED 1 (PL17.3.8) ....................................................................... 88
REP17.27 GEAR FEED H1 (PL17.3.12) ................................................................... 88
REP17.28 GEAR FEED 2 (PL17.3.13) ..................................................................... 89
REP17.29 STOPPER CLUTCH (PL17.3.16)............................................................. 89
REP17.30 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18) ......................................................... 90
REP17.31 GEAR IDLER (PL17.3.15) ....................................................................... 91
REP17.32 GEAR IDLER FEED (PL17.3.14).............................................................. 92
REP17.33 GEAR IDLER IN (PL17.3.19) ................................................................... 93
REP17.34 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL17.3.3) ................................................................. 94
REP17.35 ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL17.3.5) ......................................................... 94
REP17.36 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL17.3.4) ............................................................. 95
REP17.37 ROLL ASSY (PL17.3.24) ......................................................................... 96
REP17.38 BEARING (PL17.3.7)............................................................................... 97
REP17.39 BEARING SLEEVE (PL17.3.21) ............................................................... 98
REP17.40 ROLL ASSY TURN (PL17.3.20)............................................................... 99
REP17.41 SHAFT FEED 1 (PL17.3.2) .................................................................... 100
REP17.42 SHAFT FEED 2 (PL17.3.22) .................................................................. 101
4.3 Adjustment............................................................................................................. 102
ADJ1 Firmware Version Upgrade .............................................................................. 102
ADJ1.1 ESS PWB (Parallel connection: IEEE1284)................................................. 102
ADJ1.2 ESS PWB (FTP) ........................................................................................ 103
4.1 Preface
4-4
4.1 Preface
The device has 15 large items in corresponding to the Parts List and contains removal,
installation procedures of the main parts.
1. COVERS
2. CHASSIS & FEEDER/CASSETTE
3. PAPER CASSETTE
4. PAPER FEEDER
5. HOUSING ASSY RETARD
6. CHUTE ASSY IN
7. CHUTE ASSY OUT
8. CHUTE ASSY EXIT
9. BTR ASSY & FUSER
10. REGISTRATION
11. XEROGRAPHICS
12. TCRU ASSY
13. FRAME
14. DRIVE
15. ELECTRICAL
16. ESS
17. 2TRAY MODULE
ADJ1. Firmware Version Upgrade
When carrying out servicing of an item which its procedure is not described but
being controlled as spare parts, observe the installation situation carefully before
carrying out the servicing.
For Options, refer to its manual.
Options will be removed as a rule. However, it is possible to carry out the servicing
without removing it when needed.
4.1.1 Before Carrying Out the Repair/Adjustment Procedures
Turn OFF the power and remove the POWER CORD before servicing.
When carrying out servicing at FUSER ASSY and its area, wait until the hot FUSER ASSY
area cools down sufficiently.
When servicing, sufficient care should be taken not to add excessive force to the parts
and damage it because this may affect its function.
As there are various kinds of screw, do not confuse their positions to be used.
Care should be taken not to destroy the screw hole and have any trouble occurred.
When servicing, put on the Wrist Strap to remove the static electricity from the body of
the servicing personnel if possible.
CAUTION Always remove the PHD ASSY at servicing.
CAUTION When you perform the step to remove the COVER ASSY TOP MAIN (REP1.4),
always remove the COVER TOP (PL1.1.11) and four TONER CARTRIDGE
(Y/M/C/K) (PL12.1, 2, 3, 4).
4.1.2 How to Use the Repair/Adjustment Procedures Section
REPX.Y "AAAAA" at the beginning of a procedure indicates the part name "AAAAA" for
removal/installation.
In the procedure, the "(PLX.Y.Z)" which after the parts name is corresponding to the Plate
(PL) "X.Y." and Item "Z" of Section 5 Parts List. The shape and installation position can be
confirmed in Section 5.
Directions in the procedure are indicated as:
Front : Front of the device.
Rear : Rear facing the device.
Left : Left-hand side facing the device.
Right : Right-hand side facing the device.
The "In case of specification ..." in the procedure indicates to carry out only the
servicing of the device with corresponding specification. (Do not carry out the servicing
of the device without corresponding specification.)
"(REPX.Y)" inside and at the end of procedure indicates description of the related
servicing procedure of "REPX.Y".
For screw in the illustration that is not specially specified, indicates to use the cross-slot
screw driver to loosen and remove it.
Black arrow in the illustration indicates to move in arrow direction.
The black arrow with numbers indicate the movement orders.
For the position of connector (P/J), refer to Section 7 Electrical Wiring Diagrams.
LEVER DRUM:L indicates that the part name is LEVER DRUM and L means Left side.
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
4.2 Disassembly and Assembly Procedures
"Release the latch A" and "Release the latch B" in the procedures indicate to release each
latch shown in the figure below.
HANABI_BE_CHAP03_201FA
1
1
2
2
1. Cover
REP1.1 CONTROL PANEL HANABI (PL1.1.1)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD (PL1.1.2). (REP1.2)
CAUTION When removing the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD, be careful about the
harnesses of the CONTROL PANEL HANABI and FAN FUSER (PL1.1.9).
2. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the CONTROL PANEL HANABI (PL1.1.1) to the COVER
ASSY FRONT HEAD.
3. Remove the CONTROL PANEL HANABI from the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD.
Installation
Perform the removal steps in reverse order.
4.2 Disassembly and Assembly Proceduresl
4-6
REP1.2 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD (PL1.1.2)
Removal
1. Push the latch B of the printer to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
CAUTION When performing the following procedures, be careful not to make the CHUTE
ASSY OUT and the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD apart from each other
because they are connected with a connector.
The positions of latches A and B are as follows.
2. Remove the lower hook (x 2) that secures the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD to the CHUTE
ASSY OUT, and then remove two upper hooks.
3. Place the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD slightly apart from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
4. Remove the Connector P/J220 on the CONTROL PANEL HANABI (PL1.1.1).
5. Release the HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL7.2.7) from the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD hook.
6. Remove the Connector P/J137 on the HOLDER LEVER OUT (PL1.1.5).
7. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
engine rrp0002FB
Installation
1. Push the latch B to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
2. Connect the Connector P/J137 of the HOLDER LEVER OUT.
3. Fix the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the hook of the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD.
4. Connect the Connector of the CONTROL PANEL HANABI.
5. Close the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
6. Place the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD in a proper position so that it covers the printer, and
then fix the hook while pushing the cover.
Install the latch B button (LEVER OUT) (PL1.1.7) when it is not pushed in.
NOTE
NOTE
REP1.3 FUSER FAN (PL1.1.9)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD. (REP1.2)
2. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, 10mm, tapped) that secures the HOLDER LEVER OUT (PL1.1.5)
from the rear side of the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD.
3. Remove the HOLDER LEVER OUT as well as the FUSER FAN and LEVER OUT (PL1.1.7) from
the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD.
4. Remove the LEVER OUT from the HOLDER LEVER OUT.
5. Disconnect the FUSER FAN connector (P/J137).
6. Release the hook (x 4) that secures the FUSER FAN to the HOLDER LEVER OUT.
7. Remove the FUSER FAN from the HOLDER LEVER OUT.

B
Installation
REP1.4 COVER TOP MAIN (PL1.1.13)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER TOP (PL1.1.11) from the printer.
2. Release the latch A from the printer to open the CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6).
3. Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD (PL1.1.15) of the printer.
4. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, 10mm, tapped) that secures the COVER TOP MAIN (PL1.1.13)
to the printer.
5. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the rear side of the COVRE TOP MAIN to the printer and
the hooks on the upper front sides of the COVER SIDE L (PL1.2.1) and COVER SIDE R
(PL1.2.2).
6. Lift up the COVER TOP MAIN a little from the printer, and pull the COVER TOP MAIN backward
by bending the left front part of it in the left direction.
7. Remove the COVER TOP MAIN from the printer.
Installation
4-8
REP1.5 COVER ASSY TOP PHD (PL1.1.15)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER TOP MAIN. (REP1.4)
2. Remove the COVER SIDE L. (REP1.14)
3. Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD of the printer.
4. Pull out the STUD TOP HINGE (PL1.1.29) at the both sides that secures the COVER ASSY
TOP PHD from the printer.
5. Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD from the printer.
Installation
REP1.6 COVER REAR (PL1.1.28)
Removal
3. Remove the COVER SIDE R. (REP1.9)
4. After lifting up the COVER REAR a little from the printer, pull it towards you to remove the
COVER REAR.
Installation
REP1.7 LINK L (PL1.2.5)
Removal
3. Expand the SPRING LINK (PL1.2.8) at the rear of the COVER FRONT IN (PL1.2.11) to remove
the boss of the LINK L.
It is recommended to expand the SPRING LINK with a mini screw driver.
4. Remove the upper hook of the SPRING LINK: L (PL1.2.4) from the convex part on the left side
of the printer.
5. Align the hole positions of the LINK: L and the printer by sliding the LINK: L backwards on the
printer.
6. Remove the LINK: L as well as the SPRING LINK: L from the printer.
7. Remove the SPRING LINK: L from the LINK: L.
HANABI_BE_CHAP03_109FB
Installation
REP1.8 LINK R (PL1.2.5)
Removal
3. Expand the SPRING PLATE LINK (PL1.2.8) at the rear of the COVER FRONT (PL1.2.9) to
remove the boss of the LINK R.
4. Remove the upper hook of the SPRING LINK: R (PL1.2.4) from the convex part on the right
side of the printer.
5. Align the hole positions of the LINK: R and the main frame by sliding the LINK: R backwards on
the printer.
6. Remove the LINK: R as well as the SPRING LINK: R from the printer.
7. Remove the SPRING LINK: R from the LINK: R.
Installation
NOTE NOTE
4-10
REP1.9 COVER SIDE R (PL1.2.2)
Removal
2. Remove the screw (x 1) (silver, 8mm, collared) that secures the COVER SIDE R at the rear of the
printer.
3. Release the hook (x 1) at the front edge that secures the COVER SIDE R to the printer.
In the following procedure, the COVER SIDE R is removed easily by moving the front
edge of the COVER SIDE R while the COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.6) is broaden out
a little.
4. Remove the COVER SIDE R by pulling it upwards while bending its top to the right.
HANABI_BE_CHAP03_018FC
Installation
REP1.10 COVER ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.10)
Removal
1. Release the latch A to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7) and CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6).
2. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the COVER ASSY FRONT to the
CHUTE ASSY IN.
3. Close the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
4. Release the latch B to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
5. Pull the COVER ASSY FRONT towards you a little from the CHUTE ASSY IN.
6. Expand the SPRING LINK (PL1.2.8) at the rear of the COVER ASSY FRONT to release the boss
at the front of the LINK R (PL1.2.5) and remove the COVER ASSY FRONT.
LINK R
engine rrp0011FB
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
REP1.11 COVER MSI (PL1.2.21)
Removal
1. Open the COVER MSI (PL1.2.21) at the front of the printer.
2. Pull out the boss of the TRAY ASSY MSI (PL1.2.12) from the long hole of the COVER MSI by
bending the left side of the hole outwards.
3. Pull out the boss at the right side of the TRAY ASSY MSI from the right long hole of the COVER
MSI.
4. Pull the COVER MSI from the printer towards you while lowering the front edge of the COVER
MSI slightly.
Installation
REP1.12 TRAY ASSY MSI (PL1.2.12)
Removal
1. Open the COVER MSI (PL1.2.21) of the printer.
2. Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.11)
3. Open the TRAY ASSY MSI, and remove it by pushing it onto the PLATE BTM MSI (PL7.2.17)
and shifting it backwards, and then pull the right and left installation positions towards you by
lifting them up.
engine rrp0014FB
Installation
4-12
REP1.13 COVER ASSY FRONT IN (PL1.2.10)
Removal
3. Remove the TRAY ASSY MSI. (REP1.12)
5. Expand the SPRING LINK (PL1.2.8) at the rear of the COVER ASSY FRONT IN to release the
boss of the LINK: L (PL1.2.5).
It is recommended to expand the SPRING PLATE LINK with a mini screw driver.
6. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the COVER ASSY FRONT IN to the
CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
7. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the COVER ASSY FRONT IN to the CHUTE ASSY OUT to
remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN.
REAR VIEW

Installation
REP1.14 COVER SIDE L (PL1.2.1)
Removal
2. Remove the screw (x 1) (silver, 8mm, collared) that secures the COVER SIDE L to the printer.
3. Release the hook (x 1) at the front edge that secures the COVER SIDE L to the printer.
In the following procedure, the COVER SIDE L is removed easily by moving the front
edge of the COVER SIDE L while the COVER ASSY FRONT IN (PL1.2.10) is broaden
out a little.
4. Remove the COVER SIDE L from the printer.
HANABI_BE_CHAP03_007FD
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
2. CHASSIS & FEEDER/CASSETTE
REP2.1 FDR/CST ASSY FX (PL2.1.2)
Removal
1. Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer.
5. Remove the COVER CASSETTE. (REP4.2)
6. Expand the shaft bearing of the LINK ACTUATOR (PL4.3.6) that is fixed to the ACTUATOR NO
PAPER (PL4.3.5), and release/remove it from the shaft bearing of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER
from the printer FEEDER.
7. Pull out and remove the LINK ACTUATOR from the hole of the printer FEEDER.
8. Disconnect the Connector P/J2361 that connects the FDR/CST ASSY FX to the printer at the
left side of the printer.
right side of the printer.
10. Disconnect the Connector P/J47 on the DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15) at the right side of the printer.
11. Remove the screw (x 8) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the FDR/CST ASSY FX to the
printer.
CAUTION In the procedure below, care must be taken when the screw (x 1) (M3 x 85)
(PL4.1.13) at the front left that secures the FDR/CST ASSY FX is pulled out
because it interferes the housing of the printer. Therefore, pull this out after
removing other three long screws and while lifting up the printer a little.
CAUTION In the following procedure, remove the washer by pressing it with tweezers or
a screw driver having strong magnetic force because it is easy to drop.
12. Remove the screw (x 4) (M3 x 85) that secures the FDR/CST ASSY FX to the printer as well as
the washer.
WARNING Two people should be present when lifting up the upper unit of the printer.
CAUTION When removing the upper unit of the printer from the FDR/CST ASSY FX, be
careful not to drop or damage it.
CAUTION When lifting up the printer, release the left Harness Assy TMPB (PL15.2.12),
the left Harness Assy OPF Main (PL15.2.8), and the Harness Assy Feeder
(PL4.3.28) from the square hole on the printer on the printer and then pull them
out.
13. Lift up the printer and separate it from the FDR/CST ASSY FX.
engine rrp0024FB
FDR/CST ASSY FX
J47
P/J210
P/J2361
Installation
CAUTION When mounting the upper unit of the printer onto the FDR/CST ASSY FX, be
careful not to pinch the left Harness Assy TempB, the left Harness Assy OPF
Main, and the Harness Assy Feeder .
4-14
3. PAPER CASSETTE
REP3.1 ROLL ASSY (PL3.1.6)
Removal
2. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the CHUTE RETARD (PL3.1.5) to the CASSETTE to open
the CHUTE RETARD.
3. Release the hook (x 1) of the CASSETTE that secures the ROLL ASSY to the SHAFT RETARD
(PL3.1.8).
4. Pull out the ROLL ASSY from the SHAFT RETARD.
Installation
REP3.2 HOLDER RETARD (PL3.1.9)
Removal
2. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY FRONT. (REP3.3)
3. Remove the ROLL ASSY. (REP3.1)
4. Pull out the CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION 400 (PL3.1.7) on the SHAFT RETARD from the
CASSETTE.
5. Release the hook of the SPRING RETARD (PL3.1.10) from the CASSETTE that is hooked on
the hole at the bottom of the HOLDER RETARD.
6. Release the hook (x 1) that fixes the upper part of the HOLDER RETARD from the CASSETTE
to move the HOLDER RETARD to the left.
7. After pulling the right edge of the HOLDER REATARD towards you from the CASSETTE, pull
out and remove the HOLDER RETARD.
Installation
REP3.3 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
2. Release the lower hook that secures the CHUTE CASSETTE (PL3.1.2) from the right side of the
CASSETTE with a mini screw driver, and then release the boss (x 2) while lifting up the right
side of the CHUTE CASSETTE.
3. Release the lower hook that secures the CHUTE CASSETTE (PL3.1.2) from the left side of the
CASSETTE with a mini screw driver, and then release the boss (x 2) while lifting up the left side
of the CHUTE CASSETTE.
4. Pull out the CHUTE CASSETTE as well as the HANDLE CASSETTE (PL3.1.1) from the
CASSETTE.
Installation
4-16
4. PAPER FEEDER
REP4.1 CHUTE ASSY TURN (PL4.1.6)
Removal
2. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the CHUTE ASSY TURN to the printer FEEDER.
3. Turn the CHUTE ASSY TURN backwards by 90 centering at its rear shaft.
4. Release the hook that secures the right and left shafts of the CHUTE ASSY TURN to the printer
FEEDER.
5. Pull the CHUTE ASSY TURN towards you from the printer FEEDER and remove it.
Installation
REP4.2 COVER CASSETTE (PL4.1.3)
Removal
1. Pull the COVER CASSETTE towards you from the printer rear side while turning it upwards,
and remove it.
engine rrp0138FB
Installation
REP4.3 HSG FDR L (PL4.2.1)
Removal
printer.
because this will interfere the housing of the printer. Pull this out after
the washer.
out.
When removing the HSG FDR L as a whole unit, it is not necessary to remove the
HUM TEMP SENSOR.
14. Remove the HUM TEMP SENSOR. (REP4.5)
15. Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN. (REP4.1)
16. Remove the PICKUP ASSY. (REP4.11)
17. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the HSG FDR L to the FRAME
FEEDER BOTTOM (PL4.1.5).
18. Lean the HSF FDR L to the inside and pull out the hooks (x 3) from the holes of the FRAME
FEEDER BOTTOM.
19. Remove the HSG FDR L upwards from the FRAME FEEDER BOTTOM.
Installation
NOTE
4-18
REP4.4 HSG FDR R (PL4.2.2)
Removal
PAPER (PL4.3.5) at the printer FEEDER, and release/remove it from the shaft bearing of the
ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
printer.
because this will interfere the housing of the printer. Pull this out after removing
other three long screws and while lifting up the printer a little.
the washer.
out.
When removing the HSG FDR R as a whole unit, it is not necessary to remove the
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY.
14. Remove the TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY. (REP4.7)
17. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the HSG FDR R from the bottom of
the FRAME FEEDER BOTTOM (PL4.1.5).
18. Lean the HSF FDR R to the inside and pull out the hooks (x 3) from the holes of the FRAME
FEEDER BOTTOM.
19. Remove the HSG FDR R upwards from the FRAME FEEDER BOTTOM.
Installation
NOTE
REP4.5 HUM TEMP SENSOR (PL4.2.4)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
(PL4.3.28) from the square hole on the printer and then pull them out.
14. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the HUM TEMP SENSOR to the
HSG FDR L (PL4.2.1) and remove the HUM TEMP SENSOR as well as the HARNESS ASSY
TMPA (PL4.2.3).
15. Remove the Connector P/J231 on the HUM TEMP SENSOR and remove the HARNESS ASSY
TMPA.
Installation
4-20
REP4.6 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC (PL4.2.9)
Installation
printer.
the washer.
14. Release the Harness of the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC from the HSG FDR R (PL4.2.2) of the
PDR/CST ASSY FX.
15. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC to the HSG FDR R.
16. Pull the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC downwards and remove it from the HSG FDR R.
Installation
REP4.7 TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL4.2.8)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
14. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
from the HSG FDR R (PL4.2.2) of the FDR/CST ASSY FX (PL2.1.3) and then remove the
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY from the HSG FDR R.
15. Remove the Connector P/J471 on the TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY.
Installation
4-22
REP4.8 LEVER LOW PAPER (PL4.2.10)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
14. Remove the INDICATOR. (REP4.9)
15. Remove the GUIDE INDICATOR. (REP4.10)
17. Remove the HSG FDR R. (REP4.4)
18. Bend the shaft bearing of the HSG FDR R that secures the right shaft of the LEVER LOW
PAPER at the bottom of the HSG FDR R (PL4.2.2) to release the right shaft.
19. Push the Actuator of the LEVER LOWER PAPER into the HSG FDR R at the left side of the
HSG FDR R.
20.Make the LEVER LOWER PAPER vertical on the top of HSG FDR R and pull it out upwards.
Installation
REP4.9 INDICATOR (PL4.2.11)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
14. Pinch the edge of the INDICATOR with a nipper at the HSG FDR R of the FDR/CST ASSY FX
(PL2.1.2) and pull the INDICATOR towards you.
Installation
Install the INDICATOR while pushing down the GUIDE INDICATOR (PL4.2.13). NOTE
4-24
REP4.10 GUIDE INDICATOR (PL4.2.13)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
14. Remove the INDICATOR. (REP4.9)
15. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the HOLDER L PAPER (PL4.2.12) to the HSG FDR R
(PL4.2.2) of the FDR/CST ASSY FX.
16. Pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR as well as the SPRING INDICATOR (PL42.14) and the SHAFT
INDICATOR (PL42.15) from the HSG FDR R.
17. Pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR from the SHAFT INDICATOR.
Installation
CAUTION When installing the GUIDE INDICATOR, mount the edge of the LEVER LOW
PAPER (PL42.10) on the left convex part of the GUIDE INDICATOR.
Install the Holder L-PAPER with the rounded edge placed at the rear. NOTE
REP4.11 PICKUP ASSY (PL4.3.1)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
14. Remove the Connector P/J471 of the TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL42.8).
15. Release the Harness of the PICK UP ASSY from the right hook of the FDR/CST ASSY FX.
16. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the PICKUP ASSY to the FDR/CST
ASSY FX.
17. Remove the PICK UP ASSY from the FDR/CST ASSY FX while lifting the PICK UP ASSY up.
B
FDR/CST ASSY FX
Installation
4-26
REP4.12 ROLL ASSY FEED (PL4.3.3)
Removal
2. Rotate the SHAFT FEED 1 (PL4.3.2) at the printer FEEDER so that the rubber part of the ROLL
ASSY FEED faces down.
3. Pull the ROLL ASSY FEED downwards and remove it from the SHAFT FEED 1.
Installation
The ROLL ASSY FEED may be installed in either direction (right or left). NOTE
REP4.13 TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL4.3.4)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
15. Remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER. (REP4.15)
16. Disconnect the Connector (P/J472) on the TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR.
17. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR to the PICKUP ASSY.
18. Remove the TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR from the PICKUP ASSY.
LEFT
RIGHT
TOP
engine rrp0038FB
TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR
Installation
4-28
REP4.14 TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL4.3.20)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
15. Disconnect the Connector (P/J473) on the TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR.
16. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR to the PICKUP ASSY
(PL4.3.1).
17. Remove the TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR from the PICKUP ASSY.
TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR
B
Installation
REP4.15 ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL4.3.5)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
15. Turn over the PICKUP ASSY (PL4.3.1).
16. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the PICKUP ASSY and pull
out the left shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
17. Pull out the ACTUATOR NO PAPER from the PICKUP ASSY in the upper left direction.
LEFT
TOP
RIGHT
Installation
4-30
REP4.16 LINK ACTUATOR (PL4.3.6)
Removal
2. Open the bearing of the LINK ACTUATOR to right and left to release it from the shaft of the
ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL4.3.5), and then remove the LINK ACTUATOR.
3. Shift the LINK ACTUATOR towards you to pull it out of the printer hole, and remove the LINK
ACTUATOR.
Installation
REP4.17 TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID (PL4.3.17)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
15. Remove the Connector P/J474 of the TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID from the PICKUP ASSY to
release the TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID Harness from the PICKUP ASSY.
16. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, 4mm) that secures the TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID from the
PICKUP ASSY (PL4.3.1).
engine rrp0042FB
Installation
4-32
REP4.18 TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL4.3.18)
Removal
printer.
12.Remove the screw (x 4) (M3 x 85) that secures the FDR/CST ASSY FX to the printer as well as
the washer.
15. Remove the Relay Connector P/J475 of the TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY from the PICKUP
ASSY.
16. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the STOPPER CLUTCH (PL4.3.16) to the right shaft of the
PICKUP ASSY (PL4.3.1), and shift the STOPPER CLUTCH to the right to remove it.
17. Pull out the TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY from the right shaft of the PICKUP ASSY.
TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY
B
Installation
REP4.19 ROLL ASSY TURN (PL4.3.21)
Removal
printer.
the washer.
15. Remove the TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY. (REP4.18)
16. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR FEED 2 (PL4.3.13) to the shaft of the PICKUP
ASSY (PL4.3.1) and pull out the GEAR FEED 2.
17. Pull out the GEAR IDLER (PL4.3.15) from the shaft of the PICKUP ASSY.
18. Pull out the GEAR IDLER IN (PL4.3.19) from the shaft of the PICKUP ASSY.
19. Remove the right and left E rings that secure the ROLL ASSY TURN to the PICKUP ASSY.
20. Remove the BEARING (PL4.3.7) that secures the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN from the
PICKUP ASSY.
21. Remove the BEARING SLEEVE (PL4.3.22) that secures the left shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN
from the PICKUP ASSY.
22. Slide the ROLL ASSY TURN to the left from the PICKUP ASSY. After pulling out the left edge of
the ROLL ASSY TURN from the bearing hole, pull out the ROLL ASSY TURN in the upper left
direction.
Installation
4-34
Removal
2. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the ROLL ASSY to the SHAFT FEED 2 (PL4.3.23) from the
printer FEEDER.
3. Pull the ROLL ASSY to the left and remove it from the SHAFT FEED 2.
Installation
5. HOUSING ASSY RETARD
REP5.1 HOUSING ASSY RETARD (PL5.1.1)
Removal
1. Disconnect the Connector of the MSI TURN CLUTCH (PL5.1.9) and release the Harness from
the clamp of the CHASSIS MAIN (PL13.1.20).
CAUTION While performing the following servicing, hold the FRONT COVER with your
hands.
2. Remove the hook at the SPRING LINK (PL1.2.8) side of the LINK (PL1.2.5). (REP1.7, 1.8)
3. Remove the screw (x 3) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the HOUSING ASSY RETARD to
the printer.
4. Lift up the left side of the HOUSING ASSY RETARD, shift it to the left, and pull the MSI TURN
CLUTCH out of the CHASSIS MAIN to remove it.
If it is difficult to remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD, remove the CHUTE REGI ST
(PL10.1.1) before that.
FRONT
LINK R
LINK L
Installation
If the HOUSING ASSY RETARD cannot be installed properly, pull it back to the left a
little so that it will fit into the installation position naturally.
NOTE
NOTE
4-36
REP5.2 ROLL TURN (PL5.1.2)
Removal
1. Remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD. (REP5.1)
2. Remove the MSI TURN CLUTCH. (REP5.4)
3. Remove the left E ring that secures the ROLL TURN to the HOUSING ASSY RETARD
(PL5.1.1).
4. Pull out the BEARING EARTH (PL5.1.13) that secures the left shaft of the ROLL TURN from the
HOUSING ASSY RETARD.
5. Pull out the BEARING RUBBER R (PL5.1.8) that holds the right shaft of the ROLL TURN from
the HOUSING ASSY RETARD.
6. Slide the ROLL TURN to the right from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD. After pulling out the left
shaft of the ROLL TURN from the bearing hole, pull out the ROLL TURN in the upper left
direction.
Installation
REP5.3 ROLL ASSY RETARD (PL5.1.5)
Removal
2. Hold the front edge of the HOLDER RETARD (PL5.1.6) on the HOUSING ASSY RETARD
(PL5.1.1) and rotate the HOLDER RETARD backwards.
3. Slide the HOLDER RETARD to the right and pull out the left shaft of the HOLDER RETARD from
the bearing hole of the HOUSING ASSY RETARD.
4. Pull out the HOLDER RETARD in the upper left direction from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD.
5. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the right side of the SHAFT RTD (PL5.1.3) to the HOLDER
RETARD.
6. While lifting up the right side of the SHAFT RTD, pull out the SHAFT RTD as well as the ROLL
ASSY RETARD and CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION (PL5.1.4) in the upper right direction.
7. Pull out the ROLL ASSY RETARD from the SHAFT RTD and remove it.
Installation
4-38
REP5.4 MSI TURN CLUTCH (PL5.1.9)
Removal
2. Remove the E ring that secures the MSI TURN CLUTCH to the shaft of the ROLL TURN
(PL5.1.2).
3. Remove the MSI TURN CLUTCH from the shaft of the ROLL TURN.
Installation
REP5.5 STUD RETARD (PL5.1.10)
Removal
2. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the CAP RETARD (PL5.1.12) to the convex part at the
bottom of the HOUSING ASSY RETARD (PL5.1.1).
3. Remove the CAP RETARD as well as the STUD RETARD and SPRING RETARD 390
(PL5.1.11) from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD.
4. Remove the STUD RETARD from the CAP RETARD.
Installation
6. CHUTE ASSY IN
REP6.1 CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6)
Removal
2. Remove the BTR ASSY. (REP9.2)
7. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN. (REP1.13)
8. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT. (REP1.10)
11. Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT. (REP7.1)
Perform the following servicing with the CHUTE ASSY IN locked to the printer by the
latch A to prevent the CHUTE ASSY IN from falling off.
12. Disconnect the Connectors (P/J5030) and (P/J5020) on the SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9) from the left
13. Disconnect the Connectors (P/J141), (P/J361), and (P/J138) from the connector bracket at the
14. Release the Harness of the above-mentioned connectors from the lower part of the HSG ASSY
BIAS (PL11.1.4) at the left side of the printer.
15. Disconnect the connector (P/J52) on the DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15) at the right side of the
printer.
16. Disconnect the connector (P/J162) on the LVPS (PL15.1.10) at the right side of the printer.
17. Remove the screw (x 1) that secures the WIRE ASSY FSR EARTH (PL5.1.20) at the right side of
the printer.
18. Release the Harness (J52) of the FUSER DRIVE ASSY (PL6.2.1) from the clamp on the MAIN
DRIVE ASSY (PL4.1.9).
19. Release the Harness (P/J162) of the HARNESS ASSY FSR 2 (100V/200V) from the housing
hook at the right side of the printer.
20. Release the latch A from the printer and pull the CHUTE ASSY IN upwards and towards you to
remove it.
engine rrp0051FB
J5030
J5020
J141 J1361
J138
J52
J162
Installation
NOTE
4-40
REP6.2 ADC SENSOR ASSY (PL6.1.11)
Removal
3. Lift up the ADC SENSOR ASSY a little from the CHUTE ASSY IN to disconnect the Connector
(P/J136).
4. Release the hook (x 4) that secures the ADC SENSOR ASSY to the CHUTE ASSY IN of the
printer.
5. Remove the ADC SENSOR ASSY as well as the SPRING ADC 600 (PL5.1.12) from the CHUTE
ASSY IN.
6. Remove the SPRING ADC 600 from the ADC SENSOR ASSY.
Installation
REP6.3 WASTE TONER SENSOR (PL6.1.18)
Removal
When performing the following servicing, remove the right hook while inserting a mini
screw driver from the above into the front of the connector. (See the figure below.)
3. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the WASTE TONER SENSOR to the CHUTE ASSY IN with
a mini screw driver, etc.
4. Disconnect the Connector P/J142 of the WASTE TONER SENSOR.
5. Remove the WASTE TONER SENSOR from the CHUTE ASSY IN.
engine rrp0054FA
WASTE TONER SENSOR
Installation
NOTE
REP6.4 FUSER DRIVE ASSY (PL6.2.1)
Removal
6. Release the latch A to open the CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6).
7. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, 6mm, with a Castellated Washer) that secures the WIRE ASSY
EARTH (PL6.2.7) to the FUSER DRIVE ASSY.
8. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, 6mm, with a Castellated Washer) that secures the ground wire
on the MAIN DRIVE ASSY (PL14.1.9). (Refer to REP14.2)
9. Release the FUSER DRIVE ASSY Harness (J52) from the clamp and housing of the CHUTE
ASSY IN.
10. Remove the LATCH R. (REP6.5)
11. Remove the screw (x 3) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the FUSER DRIVE ASSY to the
CHUTE ASSY IN.
12. Remove the FUSER DRIVE ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY IN.
engine rrp0055FB
Installation
REP6.5 LATCH R (PL6.2.12)
Removal
In the following procedure, though you can perform servicing without removing the
FUSER ASSY 100V, removing it makes servicing easier.
4. Release the hook at the bottom of the SPRING LATCH 1.2kgf (PL6.2.13) that is fixed in the
right hole of the CHUTE ASSY IN.
5. Lean the pinch of the LATCH R upwards to release the latch. Release the hook (x 1) that
secures the LATCH R to the CHUTE ASSY IN by pushing it up with a screw driver.
6. Pull the LATCH R as well as the SHAFT LATCH (PL6.2.14) and SPRING LATCH 1.2kgf out of
the CHUTE ASSY IN.
7. Remove the SPRING LATCH 1.2kgf from the LATCH R.
8. Pull out the SHAFT LATCH from the LATCH R.
Installation
NOTE
4-42
REP6.6 LATCH L (PL6.2.22)
Removal
2. Release the latch B to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
3. Release the latch A to open the CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6). Release the hook (x 1) at the position
where the LATCH L dodges the LINK L (PL1.2.5) and pull out the LATCH L in the left direction.
If it is hard to pull out the LATCH L from the SHAFT LATCH (PL6.2.14), pull out the
SHAFT LATCH as a whole unit and then separate it.
Installation
NOTE
7. CHUTE ASSY OUT
REP7.1 CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7.1)
Removal
10. Remove the STRAP. (REP9.3)
Perform the following servicing with the CHUTE ASSY OUT and CHUTE ASSY IN
(PL6) locked to the printer by the latches A and B to prevent the CHUTE ASSY IN
from falling off.
11. Disconnect the Connector P/J221 from the Connector Bracket at the left side of the printer.
12. Disconnect the Connector P/J139 from the Connector Bracket at the left side of the printer.
13. Remove the earth terminal (gold, tapped, 10mm) of the TCRU ASSY to release the Harness at
the left side of the printer.
14. Release the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE BS (PL7.1.2) that has been removed in Step 11 and
the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 (PL7.1.1) that has been removed in Step 12 from the bottom of
the HSG ASSY BIAS (PL11.1.4) at the left side of the printer.
16. Release the HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL7.2.7) that has been removed in Step 15 from the right
17. Remove the E ring that secures the bottom of the CHUTE ASSY OUT from the right and left
SHAFT PIVOTs (PL9.1.4) of the printer.
CAUTION When performing the following servicing, be careful not to have your hand cut
by a burr on the PLATE AS BTM (PL7.2.13).
18. Release the Latch B to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT. Rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED with your
fingers so that its rubber side faces backwards. Pull the left SHAFT PIVOT inwards with a
needle-nose plier and remove it from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
19. Pull the right SHAFT PIVOT inwards with a needle-nose plier and remove it from the CHUTE
ASSY OUT.
20. Release the latch B from the printer and pull the CHUTE ASSY OUT upwards and towards you
to remove it.
HANABI_BE_CHAP03_039FD
J221 J139
J50
Installation
NOTE
4-44
REP7.2 FULL STACK SENSOR (PL7.1.3)
Removal
1. Remove the ACTUATOR FULL. (REP7.3)
In the following procedure, you can perform the servicing without removing the
ACTUATOR FULL but by bending it to the opposite side of the SENSOR PAPER.
3. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7) to the FULL STACK
SENSOR.
4. Remove the FULL STACK SENSOR from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
5. Remove the upper part of the printer CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7.1.1) and the Connector P/J134
of the FULL STACK SENSOR.
Installation
REP7.3 ACTUATOR FULL (PL7.1.4)
Installation
2. Pull the shaft of the ACTUATOR FULL out of the CHUTE ASSY OUT left shaft bearing hole at
the upper part of the printer CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7) by bending the shaft of the ACTUATOR
FULL.
3. Release the Actuator of the ACTUATOR FULL from the center hole of the CHUTE ASSY OUT
and pull out the ACTUATOR FULL upwards from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
Installation
NOTE
REP7.4 DUP JAM SENSOR (PL7.1.13)
Removal
6. Remove the ACTUATOR DUP. (REP7.8)
7. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the DUP JAM SENSOR to the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
8. Remove the DUP JAM SENSOR from the CHUTE ASSY OUT and disconnect the Connector
(P/J133).
DUP JAM SENSOR
B
Installation
REP7.5 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR (PL7.2.23)
Removal
6. Remove the ACTUATOR MSI. (REP7.11)
7. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR at the rear of the CHUTE
ASSY OUT (PL7) with a small flat head screw driver.
8. Remove the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
9. Disconnect the Connector (P/J135) on the MSI NO PAPER SENSOR.
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
B
Installation
4-46
REP7.6 ELIMINATOR ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY)
Installation
2. Remove the screw (x 1) that secures the ELIMINATOR ASSY to the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
3. Lift up the left edge of the ELIMINATOR ASSY backwards, and then pull the ELIMINATOR
ASSY to the left from the CHUTE ASSY OUT to remove it.
Installation
REP7.7 ROLL DUP (PL7.1.12)
Removal
6. Release the hook (x 1) of the GEAR 30 (PL7.1.10) that is secured on the ROLL DUP shaft from
the printer CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
7. Remove the GEAR 30 from the shaft of the ROLL DUP.
8. Pull out the BEARING EARTH (PL7.1.11) that secures the left shaft of the ROLL DUP to the
CHUTE ASSY OUT.
9. Remove the E ring that secures the right shaft of the ROLL DUP to the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
10. Pull out the BEARING (PL7.1.17) that secures the right shaft of the ROLL DUP to the CHUTE
ASSY OUT.
11. Lift up the right shaft of the ROLL DUP and pull out the ROLL DUP from the CHUTE ASSY
OUT.
Installation
REP7.8 ACTUATOR DUP (PL7.1.14)
Removal
6. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the COVER MOTOR DUP (PL7.1.15) to the printer CHUTE
ASSY OUT (PL7).
In the following procedure, be careful not to interfere the SPRING DUP when
removing the COVER MOTOR DUP.
7. Remove the COVER MOTOR DUP from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
8. Pull out the right shaft of the ACTUATOR DUP from the right bearing part of the CHUTE ASSY
OUT by sliding the ACTUATOR DUP to the left while pushing the Actuator of the ACTUATOR
DUP to the rear.
9. Pull out the ACTUATOR DUP as well as the SPRING DUP (PL7.1.16) from the CHUTE ASSY
OUT.
10. Remove the SPRING DUP from the ACTUATOR DUP.
COVER MOTOR
DUP
B

engine rrp0066FB
Installation
REP7.9 LATCH OUT (PL7.2.2)
Removal
5. Remove the SPRING LATCH OUT (PL7.2.4) from the printer CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
6. Release the hook (x 2) at the rear that secures the HOLDER LATCH (PL7.2.3) to the CHUTE
ASSY OUT.
7. Pull out and remove the HOLDER LATCH as well as the LATCH OUT to the right from the
CHUTE ASSY OUT.
8. Remove the LATCH OUT from the HOLDER LATCH.
Installation
NOTE
4-48
Removal
1. Release the latch B to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
2. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the ROLL CORE MSI: RIGHT (PL7.2.10) to the SHAFT MSI
(PL7.2.12) on the CHUTE ASSY OUT and slide the ROLL CODE MSI: RIGHT to the right while
looking at the slit part of the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
3. Push down the PLATE AS BTM (PL7.2.13) on the CHUTE ASSY OUT and release the nip with
the ROLL ASSY FEED.
4. Slide the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right from the SHAFT MSI and pull out the ROLL ASSY
FEED towards you.
REAR
Installation
REP7.11 ACTUATOR MSI (PL7.2.25)
Removal
6. Push the Actuator of the ACTUATOR MSI to the rear of the printer while pushing down the
PLATE BTM MSI on the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
7. Slide the ACTUATOR MSI to the left from the CHUTE ASSY OUT and pull out the right shaft of
the ACTUATOR MSI.
8. Move the right shaft of the ACTUATOR MSI towards you and pull out the ACTUATOR MSI as
well as the SPRING SENSOR MSI (PL7.2.24) from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
9. Remove the SPRING SENSOR MSI from the ACTUATOR MSI.
engine rrp0070FB
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
Installation
REP7.12 MSI FEED SOLENOID (PL7.2.28)
Removal
12. Release the hook that secures the SPRING MSI 600 (PL7.2.27) on the convex part on the
STOPPER SOL (PL7.2.26) from the left side of the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
13. Remove the Connector (P/J132) of the MSI FEED SOLENOID from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
14. Remove the screw (x 1) that secures the MSI FEED SOLENOID to the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
15. Remove the MSI FEED SOLENOID from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
MSI 600
engine rrp0072FB
Installation
REP7.13 SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
12. Remove the MSI FEED SOLENOID. (REP7.12)
13. Release the hook (x 1 for each) that secures two CAM MSIs (PL7.2.9) to the SHAFT MSI
(PL7.2.12) and move the CAM MSI inside.
14. Release the hook that secures the SPRING MSI 600 (PL7.2.27) on the convex part on the
STOPPER SOL (PL7.2.26).
15. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the STOPPER SOL to the left shaft of the SHAFT ASSY
ROLL FEED and pull out the STOPPER SOL from the shaft.
16. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR MSI (PL7.2.6) to the right shaft of the SHAFT
ASSY ROLL FEED and pull out the GEAR MSI from the shaft.
17. Release the hook of the SPRING N/F MSI (PL7.2.5) from the right and left shafts of the SHAFT
MSI.
18. Pull the BEARING MSI (PL7.2.8) on the SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED inwards and remove it from
the bearing of the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
19. Lift up the right edge of the SHAFT MSI and pull out the SHAFT MSI from the CHUTE ASSY
OUT.
4-50
Installation
REP7.14 PLATE AS BTM (PL7.2)
Removal
12. Remove the MSI FEED SOLENOID. (REP7.12)
13. Remove the SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED. (REP7.13)
14. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the PLATE OUT MSI (PL7.2.21) to
the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
CAUTION In the following procedure, be sure to release the Actuator of the ACTUATOR
MSI (PL7.2.25) from the hole of the PLATE BTM MSI (PL7.2.17).
15. Remove the PLATE OUT MSI as well as the PLATE BTM MSI from the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
16. Remove the PLATE BTM MSI from the PLATE OUT MSI.
engine rrp0075FB
Installation
8. CHUTE ASSY EXIT
REP8.1 CHUTE ASSY EXIT (PL8.1)
Removal
6. Remove the Connector (P/J131) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL8.1.8) on the CHUTE ASSY
OUT (PL7).
7. Release the Harness of the MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL8.1.8) to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT side from
the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
8. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the CHUTE ASSY EXIT to the
CHUTE ASSY OUT.
9. Pull out the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the left side of the CHUTE ASSY OUT.
engine rrp0076FB
Installation
CAUTION When installing the CHUTE ASSY EXIT, be careful not to pinch the ACTUATOR
FULL (PL7.1.4) on the CHUTE ASSY OUT with the ROLL EXIST (PL8.1.4).
REP8.2 ROLL EXIT (PL8.1.4)
Removal
6. Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT. (REP8.1)
7. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR ROLL (PL8.1.2) to the left shaft of the ROLL
EXIT.
8. Remove the GEAR ROLL from the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT.
9. Pull out the BEARING EARTH (PL8.1.3) from the ROLL EXIT left shaft of the CHUTE ASSY
EXIT.
10. Remove the E ring that secures the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
11. Pull out the BEARING (PL8.1.7) from the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT.
12.Lift up the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT and pull out the ROLL EXIT in the upper right
direction from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
Installation
4-52
REP8.3 ROLL MID (PL8.1.5)
Removal
7. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR ROLL (PL8.1.2) to the left shaft of the ROLL MID.
8. Remove the GEAR ROLL from the left shaft of the ROLL MID.
9. Pull out the BEARING EARTH (PL8.1.3) from the ROLL MID left shaft of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
10. Remove the E ring that secures the right shaft of the ROLL MID to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
11. Pull out the BEARING (PL8.1.7) from the right shaft of the ROLL MID.
12. Lift up the right shaft of the ROLL MID and pull out the ROLL MID in the upper right direction
from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
Installation
REP8.4 DUP MOTOR ASSY (PL8.1.8)
Removal
7. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR ROLL (PL8.1.2) to the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT
(PL8.1.4).
9. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the GEAR ROLL to the left shaft of the ROLL MID (PL8.1.5).
11. Remove the GEAR 40/42 (PL8.1.12) from the left side of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
12. Remove the GEAR 48 (PL8.1.13) from the left side of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
13. Remove the screw (x 2) that secures the DUP MOTOR ASSY to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
14. Remove the DUP MOTOR ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT.
Installation
9. BTR ASSY & FUSER
REP9.1 FUSER ASSY 100V (PL9.1.1)
Removal
WARNING Care should be taken to avoid burns because the FUSER is very hot.
1. Release the latch A to open the CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6).
2. Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD (PL1.1.15) of the printer.
3. Close the CHUTE ASSY IN.
4. Release the latch B from the printer to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
5. Release the locks at two (upper right and left) positions of the FUSER ASSY 100V.
6. Remove the FUSER ASSY 100V from the printer.
Installation
REP9.2 BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2)
Removal
2. Unlock the lock by releasing the right and left pinches that secure the BTR ASSY (PL9.1.2) to
the printer CHUTE ASSY IN, and rotate the BTR ASSY backwards.
3. Pull the BTR ASSY towards you and remove it from the CHUTE ASSY IN.
Installation
4-54
REP9.3 STRAP (PL9.1.3)
Removal
1. Release the latch B from the printer to open the CHUTE ASSY OUT (PL7).
2. Release the hook that secures the STRAP lower part, and then pull out the STRAP lower part
from the CHUTE ASSY OUT by sliding it to the right.
3. Fit its convex part into the key hole of the CHUTE ASSY IN by rotating the STRAP upper part
that secures the upper right part of the CHUTE ASSY IN (PL6), and pull out the STRAP upper
part to remove the STRAP.
2
1
Installation
10. REGISTRATION
REP10.1 CHUTE REGI ST (PL10.1.1)
Removal
2. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the HOUSING ASSY ELEC (PL10.1.23) to the printer and
remove it upwards.
3. Disconnect the Connectors (P/J18, P/J32) of the CHUTE REGI ST from the printer.
4. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the CHUTE REGI ST to the printer.
5. Lift up the left edge of the CHUTE REGI ST and then pull out the CHUTE REGI ST to the
left and remove it from the printer.
P/J18
P/J32
engine rrp0092FB
Installation
CAUTION Install the CHUTE REGI ST by placing it vertically in order not to pinch the
Mylar.
4-56
REP10.2 REGI SENSOR (PL10.1.20)
Removal
1. Remove the CHUTE REGI ST. (REP10.1)
2. Remove the ACTUATOR REGI. (REP10.3)
3. Disconnect the REGI SENSOR connector (P/J181).
4. Release the hook (x 3) that secures the REGI SENSOR to the CHUTE REGI ST.
5. Remove the REGI SENSOR from the CHUTE REGI ST.
Installation
REP10.3 ACTUATOR REGI (PL10.1.21)
Removal
2. Move the ACTUATOR REGI to the left by pinching the shield of the ACTUATOR REGI at the
CHUTE REGI ST (PL10.1.1) and pull out the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI from the shaft
bearing part of the CHUTE REGI ST.
3. Pull out the ACTUATOR REGI as well as the SPRING SENSOR REGI (PL10.1.22) from the
CHUTE ASSY ST.
4. Remove the SPRING SENSOR REGI from the ACTUATOR REGI.
Installation
REP10.4 OHP SENSOR (PL10.1.16)
Removal
2. Remove the E ring that secures the GEAR REGI METAL (PL10.1.3) and pull out the GEAR REGI
METAL from the left shaft of the ROLL REGI METAL (PL10.1.9).
3. Remove the E ring that secures the GEAR REGI RUBBER (PL10.1.2) and pull out the GEAR
REGI RUBBER from the left shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
4. Pull out the BEARING EARTH (PL10.1.4) that secures the left shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER
(PL10.1.10) on the CHUTE REGI ST.
When performing the following procedure, be careful not to let the SPRING REGI: R
and SPRING REGI: L spring and lose them.
5. Remove the SPRING REGI: R (PL10.1.8) from the left side of the CHUTE REGI ST with a mini
screw driver, etc.
6. Remove the SPRING REGI: L (PL10.1.8) from the right side of the CHUTE REGI ST with a mini
screw driver, etc.
7. Remove the screw (x 1) that secures the PLATE SIDE REGI (PL10.1.6) at the left side of the
CHUTE REGI ST.
8. Pull out the BVEARING METAL L (PL10.1.7) (black) that secures the left shaft of the ROLL REGI
METAL on the CHUTE REGI ST.
9. Lift up the left shaft of the ROLL REGI METAL from the CHUTE REGI ST and pull out the ROLL
REGI METAL as well as the BEARING METAL R (PL10.1.11) (white) of the right shaft.
10. Release the hook (x 2) at the bottom of the CHUTE REGI ST that secures the OHP SENSOR
from the CHUTE REGI ST.
11. Remove the OHP SENSOR from the CHUTE REGI ST.
ST
engine rrp0133FB
engine rrp0134FB
ST
engine rrp0135FB
ST
engine rrp0136FB
Installation
NOTE
4-58
11. XEROGRAPHICS
REP11.1 ROS ASSY (PL11.1.1)
Removal
4. Remove the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT. (REP12.1)
5. Remove the Connector P/J151 on the ROS ASSY.
6. Release the hook of the SPRING ROS (PL11.1.2) that secures the right and left shafts of the
ROS ASSY from the printer.
7. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the ROS ASSY from the printer.
8. Remove the ROS ASSY from the printer.
Installation
1. Align the ROS ASSY to the installation position on the printer.
2. Secure the right and left shafts of the ROS ASSY to the printer with a hook at upper part of the
SPRING ROS.
3. Secure the ROS ASSY to the printer with a screw.
4. Connect the Connector P/J151 to the ROS ASSY.
5. Install the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT. (REP12.1)
6. Install the COVER SIDE R. (REP1.9)
7. Install the COVER SIDE L. (REP1.14)
8. Install the COVER TOP MAIN. (REP1.4)
CAUTION Always perform the REGI adjustment that is to be done at installation when
replacing the ROS ASSY.
REP11.2 HSG ASSY BIAS (PL11.1.4)
Removal
3. Remove the LINK: L. (REP1.7)
4. Disconnect the Connectors P/J5020 and P/J5030 on the SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9) and remove
the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL6.1.1), WIRE ASSY DTS (PL6.1.4), and HSG ASSY BIAS from the four
hooks.
5. Disconnect the Connector P/J141, 1361, 71, 221, and 139 on the BOX ASSY ELEC (PL15.1.6)
and remove the HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS (PL6.1.17), HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1 (PL15.2.7),
HARNESS ASSY EEPROM (PL15.2.10), and HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE A (PL15.2.9) from
the five hooks of the HGS ASSY BIAS.
6. Remove the screw (gold, 10mm, tapped) that secures the ground wire and remove the ground
wire from six hooks of the HGS ASSY BIAS.
7. Remove the screw (x 5) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the HSG ASSY BIAS to the left side
of the printer.
8. Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS from the printer.
P/J5030
P/J5020
J221
J139
J141
J1361
J138
Installation
12. TCRU ASSY
REP12.1 HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
CAUTION Before removing the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT, vacuum the remaining toner
on the HOLDER TONER ASSY with a suction unit such as a vacuum cleaner.
CAUTION When vacuuming the remaining toner on the HOLDER TONER ASSY with a
suction unit such as a vacuum cleaner, install a ground code at the front edge
of the unit in order to discharge static electricity through it.
CAUTION When vacuuming the remaining toner on the HOLDER TONER ASSY with a
suction unit such as a vacuum cleaner, be careful not to let the toner spatter on
each sensor on the HOLDER TONER ASSY by static electricity.
4. Remove the COVER REAR. (REP1.6)
5. Disconnect the Connector P/J166 of the FAN REAR (PL15.1.3) on the LVPS (PL15.1.10) from
the right side of the printer.
6. Release the Harness (J166) of the FAN REAR from the hooks of the HOLDER TONER ASSY
(PL12.2.1, 2, 3, and 4) at the right side of the printer.
Instead of releasing the Harness of the FAN REAR, you can remove it as well as the
FAN REAR by removing the FAN REAR and mounting it on the HOLDER TCRU ASSY
UNIT.
8. Disconnect the Connector P/J144 on the EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8) at the left side of the
printer.
9. Disconnect the Connectors P/J5020, P/J5030, and P/J5011 on the SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9)
from the left side of the printer.
10. Disconnect the Connector P/J71 on the BOX ASSY ELEC (PL15.1.6) of the HARNESS ASSY
FRONT1 and release it from the clamp.
11. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the GEAR SLIDE (PL12.3.14) at the left side of the printer to
remove the GEAR SLIDE.
12. Remove the RACK V (PL12.3.13) from the printer.
13. Remove the screw (x 8) that secures the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT to the printer (four screws
at the right side: gold, 6mm; one screw at the upper part: gold, 10mm, tapped; one screw at
the left rear side: gold, 6mm; two screws at left front: gold, 10mm, tapped. The lower side is
fastened with a ground wire).
14. Remove the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT from the printer.
J51
J166
engine rrp0100FB
P/J5030
P/J144 P/J71
P/J5011 P/J5020
engine rrp0101FB
NOTE
4-60
engine rrp0102FB
engine rrp0130FB
Installation
CAUTION Install the GEAR SLIDE while keeping the position where the front sharp edge
of the left gear rail fits the front edge of the triangular mark on the RACK V.
CAUTION After installation, open and close the COVER TOP PHD to check that the front
sharp edge of the left gear rail fits the front edge of the triangular mark on the
RACK V.
REP12.2 HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) (PL12.2.1)
Removal
5. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K). (REP12.5)
6. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C). (REP12.4)
7. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M). (REP12.3)
8. Remove the hook that secures the toner outlet of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) onto the
PLATE ASSY DISPENSER (PL12.3.1) from the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT with a mini screw
driver, etc.
9. Pull out the toner outlet on the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) from the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER.
10. Disconnect the Connector P/J511 of the motor from the right side of the HOLDER TONER
ASSY (Y).
11. Disconnect the Connectors P/J441 and P/J431 from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y).
12. Release and remove the HARNESS ASSY TNR (PL12.1.6) from the hook of the HOLDER
TONER ASSY (Y).
13. Release the hook that secures the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) to the PLATE ASSY
DISPENSER.
14. Slide the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y) to the right and remove it.
Installation
REP12.3 HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) (PL12.2.2)
Removal
6. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C). (REP12.4)
7. Remove the hook that secures the toner outlet of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) onto the
driver, etc.
8. Pull out the toner outlet on the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) from the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER.
ASSY.
CAUTION In the following procedure, do not place the HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT too
far from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) because they are connected by a
Harness.
10. Release the hook that secures the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M) to the PLATE ASSY
DISPENSER and slide it to the right. Release also the hook of the motor and shift the motor to
the rear to make space with the HOLDER TONER ASSY (Y).
11. Disconnect the Connectors P/J442 and P/J432 from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M).
12. Release the HARNESS ASSY TNR (PL12.1.6) from the hook of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M)
and remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M).
Installation
CAUTION Securely fasten the hook of the motor.
REP12.4 HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) (PL12.2.3)
Removal
6. Remove the hook that secures the toner outlet of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) onto the
driver, etc.
7. Pull out the toner outlet on the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) from the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER.
ASSY.
far from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) because they are connected by a
Harness.
9. Release the hook that secures the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C) to the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER
and slide it to the right. Release also the hook of the motor and shift the motor to the rear to
make space with the HOLDER TONER ASSY (M).
10. Disconnect the Connectors P/J443 and P/J433 from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C).
11. Release the HARNESS ASSY TNR (PL12.1.6) from the hook of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C)
and remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C).
Installation
4-62
REP12.5 HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) (PL12.2.4)
Removal
5. Remove the hook that secures the toner outlet of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) onto the
driver, etc.
6. Pull out the toner outlet on the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) from the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER.
ASSY.
far from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) because they are connected by a
Harness.
8. Release the hook that secures the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K) to the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER
and slide it to the right. Release also the hook of the motor and shift the motor to the rear to
make space with the HOLDER TONER ASSY (C).
9. Disconnect the Connectors P/J444 and P/J434 from the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K).
10. Release the HARNESS ASSY TNR (PL12.1.6) from the hook of the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K)
and remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY (K).
Installation
REP12.6 TCRU SWITCH ASSY (PL12.2.30)
Removal
5. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY. (REP12.2, 3, 4, and 5)
6. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the TCRU SWITCH ASSY to the HOLDER TONER ASSY
(PL12.2.1, 2, 3, and 4) with a mini screw driver.
7. Remove the TCRU SWITCH ASSY from the HOLDER TONER ASSY.
Installation
REP12.7 LOW TONER SENSOR (PL12.2.28)
Removal
5. Remove the HOLDER TONER ASSY. (REP12.2, 3, 4, and 5)
6. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, 10mm, tapped) that secures the LOW TONER SENSOR to the
HOLDER TONER ASSY (PL12.2.1, 2, 3 and 4).
7. Remove the LOW TONER SENSOR from the HOLDER TONER ASSY.
Installation
REP12.8 EEPROM PWB (PL12.1.8)
Removal
3. Disconnect the Connector P/J144 on the EEPROM PWB from the left side of the printer.
4. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, 6mm) that secures the EEPROM PWB.
5. Remove the EEPROM PWB from the printer.
engine rrp0105FB
HARNESS ASSY
EEPROM
HARNESS ASSY
CRUM
EEPROM
PWB
Installation
CAUTION When installing the Connector, wire the Harness with care.
Crossing the HARNESS ASSY EEPROM (PL15.2.10) and the HARNESS
ASSY CRUM (PL12.3.8) may cause disconnection of the connector on the
PWB EEPROM when the COVER ASSY TOP PHD (PL1.1.15) is closed.
4-64
REP12.9 SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9)
Removal
3. Disconnect the Connector (P/J5011) on the SUB HVPS (PL12.1.9) at the left side of the printer.
4. Disconnect the Connector (P/J5030) on the SUB HVPS.
5. Disconnect the Connector (P/J5020) on the SUB HVPS.
6. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, 6mm) that secures the SUB HVPS.
7. Remove the SUB HVPS from the printer.
engine rrp0106FB
J5011
J5020
J5030
Installation
13. FRAME
REP13.1 LEVER DRUM: L (PL13.1.4)
Removal
3. Remove the LINK: L. (REP1.7)
4. Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS. (REP9.2)
5. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the PLT ASSY LEVER L (PL11.1.1)
from the left side of the printer.
6. Remove the PLT ASSY LEVER L from the printer.
7. Release the hook (x 4) of the SPRING LEVER 30N (PL13.1.5) that is hooked on the convex part
of the LEVER DRUM from the left side of the printer.
8. Remove the LINK LEVER: L (PL13.1.3) as well as the SPRING LEVER 30N from the printer.
9. Remove the LEVER DRUM: L from the printer.
engine rrp0107FB
PLT ASSY
LEVER L
engine rrp0128FB
.
Installation
CAUTION Install the LINK LEVER L after aligning the GEAR ASSY PR L (PL13.1.18) and
the lower side of the LINK LEVER L to the position shown in the figure.
4-66
REP13.2 LEVER DRUM: R (PL13.1.4)
Removal
3. Remove the DRIVE PWB. (REP15.5)
4. Remove the LINK: R. (REP1.8)
5. Remove the MAIN DRIVE ASSY. (REP14.2)
6. Remove the ACTUATOR I/R. (REP13.3)
7. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the PLT ASSY LEVER R (PL13.1.7)
from the right side of the printer.
8. Remove the PLT ASSY LEVER R from the printer.
9. Release the hook (x 4) of the SPRING LEVER 30N (PL13.1.5) that is hooked on the convex part
of the LEVER DRUM: R from the right side of the printer.
10. Remove the LINK LEVER: R (PL13.1.6) as well as the SPRING LEVER 30N from the printer.
11. Remove the LEVER DRUM: R from the printer.
engine rrp0108FB
Installation
Install the LINK LEVER R (PL13.1.6) after aligning the spring of the GEAR ASSY PR R
(PL13.1.11) and the lower side of the LINK LEVER R to the position shown in the
figure.
NOTE
REP13.3 ACTUATOR I/R (PL13.1.8)
Removal
4. Release the hook of the SPRING I/R (PL13.1.9) that is hooked on the convex part of the PLT
ASSY LEVER R (PL13.1.7) from the right side of the printer.
5. Release the hook (x 1) that secures the ACTUATOR I/R to the shaft on the PLT ASSY LEVER R
from the printer.
6. Remove the ACTUATOR I/R as well as the SPRING I/R from the PLT ASSY LEVER R.
7. Remove the SPRING I/R from the ACTUATOR I/R.
Installation
REP13.4 PWBA ASSY EARTH (PL13.1.17)
Removal
3. Remove the screw (x 2) (gold, 10mm, and gold, 10mm, tapped) and remove the PLATE EARTH
FRONT (PL13.1.16).
4. Remove the screw (gold, 10mm, tapped) that secures the PWBA ASSY EARTH and PLATE
EARTH DIODE (PL13.1.15) and remove the PWB ASSY EARTH while holding up the PLATE
EARTH DIODE.
engine rrp0124FB
Installation
If the HOUSING ASSY RETARD cannot be installed properly, pull it back to the left a
little so that it will fit into the installation position naturally.
NOTE
4-68
14. DRIVE
REP14.1 DEVE DRIVE ASSY (PL14.1.1)
Removal
4. Remove the screw (x 4) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the DEVE DRIVE ASSY from the
5. Remove the DEVE DRIVE ASSY from the printer.
engine rrp0110FB
Installation
REP14.2 MAIN DRIVE ASSY (PL14.1.9)
Removal
3. Remove the LINK: R. (REP1.8)
4. Disconnect the Connectors P/J48, P/J52, and P/J50 on the DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15) at the
5. Release the Harness (P/J52) of the FUSER ASSY 100V from the clamp on the MAIN DRIVE
ASSY at the right side of the printer.
6. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, 6mm, with a Castellated Washer) that secures the ground wire at
the bottom of the MAIN DRIVE ASSY.
7. Remove the screw (x 3) (gold, tapped, 10mm) that secures the MAIN DRIVE ASSY to the
printer.
8. Remove the MAIN DRIVE ASSY from the printer.
engine rrp0111FB
J52
J48
J50
Installation
15. ELECTRICAL
REP15.1 MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2)
Before replacing the MCU AND HVPS PWB, save the NVM value into the ESS PWB.
After replacement, load the NVM value into the new MCU AND HVPS PWB.
Removal
1. Remove the ESS PWB. (REP16.1)
CAUTION Perform the following procedure with the CHUTE REGI ST removed. If you
perform the procedure with the unit installed, it may cause deformation of the
SPRING DRUM EARTH.
CAUTION Perform the following procedure with the HSG ASSY BIAS removed. If you
spring of the HSG ASSY BIAS. Remove the COVER SIDE R. (REP1.9)
8. Remove the BOX ASSY MCU/ESS. (REP15.6)
9. Remove the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT. (REP15.7)
10. Remove the screw (x 4) that secures the COVER MCU (PL15.1.1) to the BOX ASSY ELEC
(PL15.1.6).
11. Remove the COVER MCU from the BOX ASSY ELEC.
12. Remove all connectors on the MCU AND HVPS PWB from the BOX ASSY ELEC.
13. Remove the screw (x 6) (gold, 6mm) that secures the MCU AND HVPS PWB to the BOX ASSY
ELEC.
14. Remove the MCU AND HVPS PWB from the BOX ASSY ELEC.

MCU AND HVPS PWB
B
Installation
REP15.2 FAN REAR (PL15.1.3)
Removal
5. Disconnect the Connector (P/J166) on the LVPS at the right side of the printer.
6. Release the Harness (J166) of the FAN REAR from the hooks (x 5) of the HOLDER TONER
ASSY at the printer.
7. Remove the SCREW FAN LV (x 2) (PL15.1.4) that secures the FAN REAR to the printer and
remove the FAN REAR.
Installation
CAUTION Install the FAN REAR so that the side where a label is pasted becomes the rear
(outside).
NOTE
4-70
REP15.3 LVPS (PL15.1.10)
Removal
3. Remove the CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS (PL15.1.13) (x 2) on the GUIDE HARNESS SW
(PL15.1.13).
4. Release the Harness from the GUIDE HARNESS SW.
5. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the GUIDE HARNESS SW to the switch bracket.
6. Remove the GUIDE HARNESS ASSY from the LVPS.
7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY AC SW. (REP12.5)
8. Remove the seven Connectors (P/J161, P/J162, P/J163, P/J164, P/J165, P/J166, and
P/J167) on the LVPS.
9. Remove the screw (x 3) (gold, tapped, 6mm) that secures the LVPS to the printer.
10. Remove the LVPS from the printer.
P/J166 P/J163
P/J167
P/J161
P/J162
P/J164
P/J165

Installation
REP15.4 HARNESS ASSY AC SW (PL15.1.11)
Removal
3. Remove the screw (x 1) (silver, 6mm, with a Castellated Washer) that secures the HARNESS
ASSY AC SW earth to the printer.
4. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the GUIDE HARNESS SW to the switch bracket and
release the GUIDE HARNESS SW upwards.
5. Release the switch of the HARNESS ASSY AC SW from the switch bracket.
6. Disconnect the Connector (P/J161) on the LVPS.
7. While releasing the hook (x 2) that secures the HARNESS ASSY AC SW socket to the rear side
of the LVPS, pull out the socket to the rear.
8. Remove the HARNESS ASSY AC SW from the printer.
Installation
When installing the GUIDE HARNESS SW, it is easier to insert the right hook after
inserting the left hook to the hook hole of the printer.
NOTE
REP15.5 DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15)
Removal
3. Disconnect all the connectors on the DRIVE PWB at the right side of the printer.
4. Remove the screw (x 4) (sliver, 6mm) that secures the DRIVE PWB to the printer.
5. Remove the DRIVE PWB from the printer.
engine rrp0118FB
Installation
REP15.6 BOX ASSY MCU/ESS (REFERENCE ONLY)
Removal
SPRING DRUM EARTH.
spring of the HSG ASSY BIAS.
9. Remove the Connectors P/J41 and P/J42 on the DRIVE PWB (PL15.1.15).
10. Remove the Connectors P/J164 and P/J167 on the LVPS (PL15.1.10).
11. Disconnect the Connector P/J210 that connects the FEEDER to the printer at the right side of
the printer.
12. Disconnect the Connector P/J151 on the ROS ASSY (PL11.1.1) at the right side of the printer.
13. Disconnect the Connector P/J2361 that connects the FEEDER to the printer at the left side of
the printer.
14. Remove the Connectors P/J141, P/J1361, P/J138, P/J221, and P/J139 on the BOX ASSY
ELEC (PL15.1.16) at the left side of the printer.
15. Remove the Connector P/J19 on the MCU AND HVPS PWB (PL15.1.2) from the inside of the
printer.
16. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 8mm) that secures the ground wire from the left side of
the printer.
18. Remove the screw (x 5) (gold, 6mm, two screws at upper front, one screw at LVPS, two screws
at the rear side) that secures the BOX ASSY ELEC to the printer.
19. Remove the CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS (PL15.1.5) (x 2) on the GUIDE HARNESS SW
(PL15.1.13).
20. Release the Harness from the GUIDE HARNESS SW.
21. Release the hook (x 2) that secures the GUIDE HARNESS SW to the switch bracket.
22. Remove the GUIDE HARNESS SW from the LVPS.
23. Pull out the BOX ASSY ELEC as well as a bunch of the Harnesses to the rear and remove them
from the printer.
4-72
engine rrp0120FB
J151 J19
J141 J41 J42
J1361
J138
J167
J164
P/J210
J221
J139
P/J2361
Installation
REP15.7 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT (PL15.1.8)
Removal
SPRING DRUM EARTH.
spring of the HSG ASSY BIAS.
10. Remove the BOX ASSY ELEC. (REP15.6)
11. Remove the screw (x 2) that secures the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT to the BOX ASSY ELEC
(PL15.1.6).
12. Pull out the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT from the BOX ASSY ELEC and remove it.
Installation
16. ESS
REP16.1 ESS PWB (PL16.1.5)
Removal
1. Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (M4) (PL16.1.6) (x 2) that secures the PLATE REAR ESS
(PL16.1.7) at the rear of the printer.
2. Hold the pinch of the GUIDE L ESS (PL16.1.12) and GUIDE R ESS (PL16.1.13) and pull out the
ESS PWB from the printer.
CAUTION When performing the following procedure, put on a Wrist Strap etc, in order to
discharge static electricity from your body. Static electricity discharge may
damage the ESS PWB or the optional board.
3. When optional boards are installed in the ESS PWB slot, remove them.
4. Remove the screw (x 2) (silver, 6mm) that secures the rear socket.
5. Remove the screw (x 2) (silver, 8mm) that secures the rear side of the ESS PWB to the PLATE
REAR ESS.
6. Shift the PLATE REAR ESS to the rear and remove it.
CAUTION Performing the following procedure will release the SPRING EARTH ESS
(PL16.1.11). Be careful not to deform or lose the SPRING EARTH ESS.
7. Open the GUIDE L ESS and GUIDE R ESS to the right and left sides and remove the ESS PWB.
engine rrp0119FB
Installation
CAUTION Remove the EEPROM (U8, U9) from the old ESS PWB, and install it to the new
ESS PWB.
CAUTION When installing the ESS PWB to the printer, connect the connector at the front
edge of the ESS PWB to the connector of the MCU AND HVPS PWB
(PL15.1.2) correctly.
4-74
17. 2TRAY MODULE
REP17.1 COVER FRONT (PL17.1.5)
Removal
1. Horizontally pull out the CASSETTE of the TRAY 2 and 3 as far as it goes and pull it out by tilting
it upwards a little.
2. Release the tab (x 3) that secures the COVER FRONT (PL17.1.5) to the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3) and remove the COVER FRONT.
Remove the lower COVER FRONT after releasing the three tabs with a screw driver,
etc.

Installation
Care must be taken on the vertical direction of the COVER FRONT when installing it.
In addition, the cut part of the FRAME ASSY OPF must be aligned to the COVER
FRONT slit.
REP17.2 COVER R (PL17.1.4)
Removal
1. Remove the COVER FRONT. (REP17.1)
2. Remove the screw (x 5) (silver, 8mm, collared) that secures the COVER R to the TWO TRAY
MODULE.
3. Hold the front and rear sides of the COVER R with both hands and expand the front part to
remove the boss (x 3) at the front of the COVER R from the holes of the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3).
4. Lift up the COVER R upwards a little and remove the hook (x 4) from the hook holes of the
FRAME ASSY OPF.
5. Move the COVER R forward and use the force to remove the INDICATOR (PL17.1.8) (at upper
and lower parts) slowly.
6. Remove the COVER R from the TWO TRAY MODULE.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
REP17.3 COVER L (PL17.1.1)
Removal
2. Remove the screw (x 5) (silver, 8mm, collared) that secures the COVER L to the TWO TRAY
MODULE.
3. Hold the front and rear sides of the COVER L with both hands and expand the front part to
remove the boss (x 2) at the front of the COVER L from the holes of the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3).
4. Lift up the COVER L upwards a little and remove the hook (x 4) from the hook holes of the
FRAME ASSY OPF. Remove the COVER L from the TWO TRAY MODULE.
Installation
REP17.4 CHUTE ASSY TURN (PL4.2.8)
The following procedures are common between Tray 2 and Tray 3.
Removal
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY (PL2.1.4).
2. Release the tab (x 2) of the CHUTE ASSY TURN from the holes of the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3) by pushing the finger nail at both edges of the CHUTE ASSY TURN and pressing it
downwards.
3. Release the tabs of the GUIDE CASSETTE L and GUIDE CASSETTE R that secure the CHUTE
ASSY TURN to the GUIDE CASSETTE L (PL17.2.3) and GUIDE CASSETTE R (PL17.2.6) and
remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN.
1
1
2
3
3
4
4
4
HANABI_FDR_CHAP03_003FC
Installation
NOTE
4-76
REP17.5 HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T (PL17.4.3)
Removal
2. Remove the COVER R (PL17.1.4). (REP17.2)
3. Remove the Connector P/J821 of the TRAY2 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL17.2.7).
CAUTION Disconnect the Connector (P/J82) on the FEEDER PWBA (PL17.4.1) while
pressing the boards with your hands.
4. Remove the Connector P/J82 on the FEEDER PWBA.
5. Disconnect the Relay Connector P/J8220 between the HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T and
HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ (PL17.4.11).
6. Disconnect the Connector P/J824 of the FEED SOLENOID (PL17.3.17) (Tray 2).
7. Disconnect the Connector P/J825 of the TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18) (Tray 2).
8. Disconnect the Connector P/J823 on the TRAY2 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL17.4.7).
9. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2T by releasing the clamp (x 6).
Installation
CAUTION See the figure for installing the Connector of the HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T
(gray) and wiring the Harness.
REP17.6 HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T (PL17.4.4)
Removal
2. Remove the COVER R. (REP17.2)
3. Remove the Connector P/J821 of the TRAY3 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL17.2.7).
CAUTION Disconnect the Connector (P/J83) on the FEEDER PWBA (PL17.4.1) while
pressing the boards with your hands.
4. Remove the Connector P/J83 on the FEEDER PWBA.
5. Disconnect the Relay Connector P/J8220 between the HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T and
HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ (17.4.11).
6. Disconnect the Connector P/J834 of the FEED SOLENOID (PL17.3.17) (Tray 3).
7. Disconnect the Connector P/J835 of the TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18) (Tray 3).
8. Disconnect the Connector P/J833 on the TRAY3 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL17.4.8).
9. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T by releasing the clamp (x 4).
Installation
CAUTION See the figure for installing the Connector of the HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T
(blue) and wiring the Harness.
REP17.7 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY (PL17.4.5)
Removal
3. Release the Harness of the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY from four clamps.
4. Remove the Connector P/J84 on the FEEDER PWB (PL17.4.1).
5. Release the Harness of the HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T (PL17.4.3) and TURN CLUTCH ASSY
(PL17.3.18) (Tray 2) from two clamps on the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY.
6. Remove the screw (x 3) (silver, 6mm) that secures the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY to the FRAME
ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3).
7. Remove the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY by dodging the Harnesses of the HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T
and TURN CLUTCH ASSY.
opf rrp0010FB
Installation
REP17.8 INDICATOR ASSY (PL17.4.10)
Removal
3. Release the tab at the bottom of the STOPPER INDICATOR that secures the INDICATOR
ASSY to the SHAFT INDICATOR, move the STOPPER INDICATOR downwards, and pull it out
from the cut part of the FRAME ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3).
4. Shift the whole unit of the INDICATOR ASSY upwards and remove the lower part of the
INDICATOR ASSY from the hole of the FRAME ASSY OPF.
5. Pull out the upper part of the INDICATOR ASSY from the hole at the cut part of the FRAME
ASSY OPF and remove the INDICATOR ASSY.
opf rrp0008FB
SHAFT INDICATOR
Installation
CAUTION When installing it, position the GUIDE INDICATOR below the LEVER LOW
PAPER (PL17.4.9).
4-78
REP17.9 HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG (PL17.4.2)
Removal
1. Remove the TWO TRAY MODULE from the printer.
4. Remove the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG from the Connector (P81) on the PWBA FEEDER
(PL17.4.1).
5. Release the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG from the clamp on the FRAME ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3).
6. Remove the Harness from the Drawer Connector of the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG.
7. Cut the hook (x 2) that secures the Drawer Connector of the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG to the
FRAME ASSY OPF with a nipper, etc and pull it out from the hole of the FRAME ASSY OPF.
Installation
CAUTION When installing it, replace the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG with a new unit. Care
must be taken on the direction of the HARNESS ASSY OPF PLG.
REP17.10 FEEDER PWB (PL17.4.1)
Removal
3. Remove the Connectors P/J81, P/J82, P/J83, and P/J84 on the FEEDER PWB.
4. Remove the screw (x 3) (silver, 6mm) that secures the FEEDER PWB to the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3) and remove the FEEDER PWB.
opf rrp0012FB
Installation
CAUTION When installing it, align the hole of the FEEDER PWB board and the cut part of
the FRAME ASSY OPF (two positions).
REP17.11 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R (PL17.2.6)
In the following procedures, Tray 2 and Tray 3 are differentiated by the marks below.
Please refer to the appropriate sections at servicing.
This indicates that the procedure should be performed only for Tray 2.
This indicates that the procedure should be performed for either Tray 2 or Tray 3.
Procedure in [ ] This applies to Tray 3.
Removal
4. Remove the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY. (REP17.7)
5. Remove the FEEDER PWB. (REP17.10)
6. Remove the P/J821 [P/J831]. (REP17.11)
7. Remove the screw (x 1) that secures the BRACKET LOW PAPER to the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3) and remove the BRACKET LOW PAPER.
8. Remove the screw (x 5) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R to the FRAME ASSY
OPF.
9. Release the hook (x 8) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R to the FRAME ASSY
OPF.
10. Pull out the rear edge of the LEVER LOW PAPER (PL17.4.9) from the slit of the GUIDE ASSY
CASSETTE R forwards and remove it.
11. Remove the upper part of the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R by leaning it to the left.
NOTE
4-80
Installation
1. Place the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R near to the installation position with its upper part
leaning to the left.
2. Twist and let the rear edge of the LEVER LOW PAPER through the slit of the GUIDE ASSY
CASSETTE R.
3. In parallel with letting the front edge of the LEVER LOW PAPER through the opening of the
FRAME ASSY OPF, shift the upper part of the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R to the right to place
it at the installation position.
4. Press the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R to the right and secure it to the FRAME ASSY OPF
with 8 hooks.
5. Secure the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R to the FRAME ASSY OPF with five screws (gold,
tapped, 8mm).
6. Position the shaft of the LEVER LOW PAPER at the fallen part of the GUIDE ASSY
CASSETTE R and the hole of the BRACKET LOW PAPER and place it with the positioning hole
of the BRACKET ASSY LOW PAPER aligned to the positioning punch of the FRAME ASSY
OPF.
7. Secure the BRACKET LOW PAPER to the FRAME ASSY OPF with one screw (silver, 6mm).
8. Install the FEEDER PWB. (REP17.10)
9. Install the FEEDER DRIVE ASSY. (REP17.7)
10. Install the CHUTE ASSY TURN. (REP17.4)
11. Install the COVER R. (REP17.2)
12. Install the COVER FRONT. (REP17.1)
REP17.12 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L (PL17.2.3)
Removal
2. Remove the COVER L. (REP17.3)
4. Remove the screw (x 5) (gold, tapped, 8mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L to
the FRAME ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3).
5. Release the tab (x 6) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L to the FRAME ASSY OPF.
6. Remove the upper part of the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L by leaning it to the right.
HANABI_FDR_CHAP03_136FA

Installation
CAUTION When installing it, do not tighten the screw too much.
REP17.13 LINK ACTUATOR (PL17.3.6)
Removal
1. Remove the CASSETTE for Tray 2 and 3.
2. Remove the LINK ACTUATOR by expanding the GUIDE at the connection with the ACTUATOR
NO PAPER (PL17.3.5) and pull out the FRAME ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3) from the cut part hole.
Installation
Install it so that the wider part is placed to the right.
Install the LINK ACTUATOR after letting the front edge of the LINK ACTUATOR
through the cut part hole of the FRAME ASSY OPF.
NOTE NOTE
NOTE
4-82
REP17.14 PICK UP ASSY TR2 (PL17.3.1)
Removal
4. Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN from the Tray 2. (REP17.4)
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T (gray). (REP17.5)
8. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R from the Tray 2. (REP17.11)
9. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L from the Tray 2. (REP17.12)
10. Remove the LINK ACTUATOR from the Tray 2. (REP17.13)
CAUTION When removing the screw in the following procedure, be careful not to damage the
GEAR and SPRING with a screw driver.
11. Remove the screw (x 2) (silver, 6mm) that secures the PICK UP ASSY TR2 to the right side of
12. Move the PICK UP ASSY TR2 to the right and remove two tabs and the front edge of the ROLL
ASSY TURN (PL17.3.20) from two slits and window at the left side of the FRAME ASSY OPF.
CAUTION When letting the PICK UP ASSY TR2 through the window of the FRAME ASSY
OPF in the following procedure, be careful not to damage the rubber parts.
13. Remove the PICK UP ASSY TR2 by letting it through the right window, avoiding the
interference with the FRAME ASSY OPF.
Installation
CAUTION When installing the screws, be careful not to damage the GEAR and SPRING
with a screw driver.
OPF, be careful not to damage the rubber parts.
REP17.15 PICK UP ASSY TR3 (PL17.3.1)
Removal
4. Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN of the Tray 3. (REP17.4)
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T (blue). (REP17.6)
CAUTION When removing the screw in the following procedure, be careful not to damage the
GEAR and SPRING with a screw driver.
9. Remove the screw (x 2) (silver, 6mm) that secures the PICK UP ASSY TR3 to the right side of
10. Move the PICK UP ASSY TR3 to the right and remove two tabs and the front edge of the ROLL
ASSY TURN (PL17.3.20) from two slits and window at the left side of the FRAME ASSY OPF.
OPF in the following procedure, be careful not to damage the rubber parts.
11. Remove the PICK UP ASSY TR3 by letting it through the right window, avoiding the
interference with the FRAME ASSY OPF.
Installation
CAUTION When installing the screws, be careful not to damage the GEAR and SPRING
with a screw driver.
OPF, be careful not to damage the rubber parts.
REP17.16 GEAR IDLER (PL17.4.6)
Removal
10. Remove the PICK UP ASSY TR3. (REP17.15)
11. Remove the GEAR IDLER.
Installation
CAUTION At installation, install the larger GEAR to the FRAME ASSY OPF (PL17.1.3)
side.
REP17.17 LOW PAPER SENSOR (PL17.4.7/PL17.4.8)
Removal
6. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R. (REP17.11)
7. Release the tab (x 3) that secures the LOW PAPER SENSOR to the FRAME ASSY OPF
(PL17.1.3) and remove the LOW PAPER SENSOR.
8. Disconnect the Connector P/J823 [P/J833] on the LOW PAPER SENSOR.
opf rrp0024FB
TRAY2 LOW
PAPER SENSOR
TRAY3 LOW
PAPER SENSOR
Installation
CAUTION At installation, secure the left tab before installing the right tab.
NOTE
4-84
REP17.18 CASTER ASSYS (PL17.1.6)
Removal
CAUTION In the following procedure, be careful not to damage the positioning pin of the
TWO TRAY MODULE. In addition, place cardboards etc on the working table if
necessary to prevent scratches.
2. Place the TWO TRAY MODULE upside down on the working table.
3. Remove the screw (x 3) (black, collared, 8mm) that secures the CASTER ASSYS to the FRAME
4. Remove the CASTER ASSYS from the FRAME ASSY OPF.
Installation
REP17.19 CASTER ASSY (PL17.1.7)
Removal
CAUTION In the following procedure, be careful not to damage the positioning pin of the
TWO TRAY MODULE. In addition, place cardboards etc on the working table if
necessary to prevent scratches.
2. Place the TWO TRAY MODULE upside down on the working table.
3. Remove the screw (x 3) (black, collared, 8mm) that secures the CASTER ASSY to the FRAME
4. Remove the CASTER ASSY from the FRAME ASSY OPF.
Installation
REP17.20 SIZE SWITCH ASSY (PL17.2.7)
In the following procedures, Tray 2 and Tray 3 are differentiated by using the marks
below. Please refer to the appropriate sections at servicing.
Removal
7. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 8mm) that secures the SIZE SWITCH ASSY to the
GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R (PL17.2.2) and remove the SIZE SWITCH ASSY.
opf rrp0015FB
Installation
REP17.21 STOPPER CST (PL17.2.4)
Removal
1. Horizontally pull out the CASSETTE as far as it goes and remove it by tilting it a little.
2. Remove the screw (x 1) (gold, tapped, 8mm) that secures the STOPPER CST to the GUIDE
CASSETTE L (PL17.2.3) and remove the STOPPER CST.
Installation
NOTE NOTE
4-86
REP17.22 FEED SOLENOID (PL17.3.17)
Removal
3. Disconnect the Connector P/J824 [P/J834] of the FEED SOLENOID.
4. Remove the screw (x 1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the FEEDER SOLENOID to the PICK UP
ASSY (PL17.3.1).
5. Remove the FEED SOLENOID.
opf rrp0026FB
Installation
CAUTION Place the armature of the FEED SOLENOID between the steps of the GEAR
FEED H2.
REP17.23 SPRING FEED H (PL17.3.10)
Removal
3. Remove the SPRING FEED H.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
REP17.24 SPRING FEED 1 (PL17.3.9)
Removal
3. Remove the SPRING FEED 1.
HANABI_FDR_CHAP03_025FD
Installation
REP17.25 GEAR FEED H2 (PL17.3.11)
Removal
4. Remove the SPRING FEED H. (REP17.23)
5. Release the armature of the FEED SOLENOID (PL17.3.17) by releasing the tab of the GEAR
FEED H2 and remove it downwards.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
4-88
REP17.26 GEAR FEED 1 (PL17.3.8)
Removal
3. Remove the SPRING FEED 1. (REP17.24)
4. Remove the GEAR FEED 1 by releasing its tab.
Installation
REP17.27 GEAR FEED H1 (PL17.3.12)
Removal
5. Remove the SOLENOID FEED. (REP17.22)
7. Remove the GEAR FEED H2. (REP17.25)
8. Remove the GEAR FEED H1.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
REP17.28 GEAR FEED 2 (PL17.3.13)
Removal
3. Release the hook that secures the GEAR FEED 2 to the PICK UP ASSY (PL17.3.1) and remove
the GEAR FEED 2.
Installation
REP17.29 STOPPER CLUTCH (PL17.3.16)
Removal
3. Remove the STOPPER CLUTCH by releasing its tab.
Installation
CAUTION At installation, align the tab of the TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18) to the
front edge of the STOPPER CLUTCH (PL17.3.16) and secure the TURN
CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18).
NOTE
4-90
REP17.30 TURN CLUTCH ASSY (PL17.3.18)
Removal
12. Remove the STOPPER CLUTCH. (REP17.29)
13. Disconnect the Connector P/J825 or [P/J835] of the TURN CLUTCH ASSY.
14. Remove the TURN CLUTCH ASSY.
Installation
CAUTION Install the TURN CLUTCH ASSY so that its tab is placed to the right and its
Harness to the left.
NOTE
REP17.31 GEAR IDLER (PL17.3.15)
Removal
13. Remove the TURN CLUTCH ASSY. (REP17.30)
14. Remove the GEAR FEED 2. (REP17.28)
15. Remove the GEAR IDLER.
Installation
NOTE
4-92
REP17.32 GEAR IDLER FEED (PL17.3.14)
Removal
15. Remove the GEAR IDLER. (REP17.31)
16. Remove the GEAR IDLER FEED.
Installation
NOTE
REP17.33 GEAR IDLER IN (PL17.3.19)
Removal
16. Remove the GEAR IDLER IN.
Installation
NOTE
4-94
Removal
1. Pull out the CASSETTE from the Tray 2 [Tray3].
2. Rotate the SHAFT FEED 1 (PL17.3.2) at the Tray 2 [Tray3] FEEDER so that the rubber part of
the ROLL ASSY FEED faces down.
3. Pull the ROLL ASSY FEED downwards and remove it from the SHAFT FEED 1.
HANABI_FDR_CHAP03_135FA
Installation
The ROLL ASSY FEED may be installed in either direction (right or left).
REP17.35 ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL17.3.5)
Removal
10. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L. (REP17.12)
11. Remove the LINK ACTUATOR. (REP17.13)
14. Place the PICKUP ASSY TR2 [TR3] so that its bottom faces up.
15. Move the ACTUATOR NO PAPER in the arrow direction by releasing its tabs, and pull out
the front edge of the other side from the hole of the frame cut part of the PICK UP ASSY to
remove it.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
REP17.36 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL17.3.4)
Removal
14. Place the PICKUP ASSY TR2 [TR3] so that its bottom faces up.
15. Remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL17.3.5). (REP17.35)
16. Release the HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ (PL17.4.11) from the clamp (x 2).
17. Disconnect the Connector P/J882 [P/J832] of the HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ.
18. Lift up the STOPPER SENSOR (PL17.3.30) with a flat head screw driver to reserve the area
where the hook is bent.
19. Remove the SENSOR NO PAPER by releasing the hook (x 3).
NO PAPER SENSOR
B
Installation
CAUTION At installation, secure the left tab before installing the right tab.
NOTE
4-96
Removal
1. Remove the PAPER CASSETTE (PL3).
2. Pull the ROLL ASSY to the left while releasing the tabs and remove it.
Installation
CAUTION At installation, secure the groove at the bottom of the ROLL ASSY to the shaft
attached to the SHAFT FEED 2 (PL17.3.22).
REP17.38 BEARING (PL17.3.7)
Removal
13. Remove the FEED SOLENOID. (REP17.22)
22. Remove the GEAR IDLER FEED. (REP17.32)
23. Remove the GEAR IDLER IN. (REP17.33)
24. Remove the E ring (x 3) that secures the BEARING (x 3) to the PICK UP ASSY (PL17.3.1).
25. Remove the BEARING (x 3).
Installation
NOTE
4-98
REP17.39 BEARING SLEEVE (PL17.3.21)
Refer to REP17.42 for the removal procedure for the BEARING SLEEVE that secures
the SHAFT FEED 2.
This indicates that the procedure should be performed only for the BEARING
SLEEVE at the upper part of the Tray 2.
Removal
12. Remove the E ring that secures the BEARING SLEEVE to the PICK UP ASSY (PL17.3.1).
13. Remove the BEARING SLEEVE.
Installation
NOTE
NOTE
REP17.40 ROLL ASSY TURN (PL17.3.20)
Removal
25. Remove the GEAR IDLER IN. (REP17.33)
26. Remove the BEARING attached on the ROLL ASSY TURN. (REP17.38)
27. Remove the BEARING SLEEVE attached on the ROLL ASSY TURN. (REP17.39)
28. Shift the ROLL ASSY TURN to the right and left and pull it out from the shaft hole of the
FRAME ASSY DRIVE (PL17.3.25).
Installation
NOTE
4-100
REP17.41 SHAFT FEED 1 (PL17.3.2)
Removal
18. Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED. (REP17.34)
19. Remove the BEARING attached on the SHAFT FEED 1. (REP17.38)
20. Remove the BEARING SLEEVE attached on the SHAFT FEED 1. (REP17.39)
21. Shift the SHAFT FEED 1 to the right and left and pull it out from the shaft hole of the FRAME
ASSY DRIVE (PL17.3.25).
Installation
NOTE
REP17.42 SHAFT FEED 2 (PL17.3.22)
Removal
25. Remove the BEARING attached on the SHAFT FEED 2. (REP17.38)
26. Shift the SHAFT FEED 2 to the left and pull it out from the shaft hole of the FRAME ASSY
DRIVE (PL17.3.25).
27. Pull out the BEARING SLEEVE (PL17.3.21) from the SHAFT FEED 2.
28. Remove the E ring that is secured at the center of the SHAFT FEED 2.
Installation
NOTE
4.3 Adjustment
4-102
4.3 Adjustment
ADJ1 Firmware Version Upgrade
Description
The following will explain the version upgrade procedures of the ESS PWB using Flash
ROM. Parallel connection and through net (ftp) are available to the path for rewriting PC
and DocuPrint C1618.
The extension of a file name for the firmware is "dlb".
ADJ1.1 ESS PWB (Parallel connection: IEEE1284)
Upgrade the firmware by downloading it from the PC to the Printer.
To obtain the new firmware
Obtain the new firmware from the Printer Driver Download Service of the company
Home Page "PRINTER & PC Room". (URL http://www.src.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/)
Decompress the downloaded auto-self-extraction file to any directory (e.g.:TEMP) on
the HDD.
The following files appear.
[Preparing for download]
Print the "Printer Settings" and confirm the current ROM version (yymmdd).
"All" of the list: contains F/W version and DACS version, "Network": contains F/W
version.
Connect the PC and Printer with the parallel cable.
Takes approx. 5 minutes.
[At the Printer]
While pressing the "Menu" key and the "Cancel" key on the Control Panel at the same
time, switch on the power.
"Download Mode Ready to receive" is displayed.
[At the PC]
Enter DOS or the DOS in Windows.
Change the current directory to the directory where the new firmware is stored.
(E.g.: TEMP).
On the PC (in DOS mode), enter:
C:\Temp>copy /b filename lpt1:
Downloading will be executed.
After completing in receiving data, the Printer will write the data to the Flash
ROM.
[Changes in display at the Printer]
Switch OFF then ON the power, it will be started in the normal mode.
Print the "Printer Settings" to confirm that the ROM version has been updated and file can
be printed from PC without problem.
Download Mode
Ready to Receive
copy /b file name lpt1
Total Approx. 5 mins
Receiving
Parallel F/W
Deleting
Parallel F/W
Overwriting
Parallel F/W
Checking
Parallel F/W
Completed
Parallel F/W
Enter
4.3 Adjustment
ADJ1.2 ESS PWB (FTP)
[Items to Note]
Version upgrade by FTP is possible when IP address is fixed. This is not available under
the DHCP environment.
Press "Return" as the login user and passwords are "None".
[Preparing for download]
Print the "Printer Settings" and confirm the current ROM version (yymmdd).
"All" of the list: contains F/W version and DACS version, "Network": contains F/W
version.
Connect the PC and Main Processor with the network cable.
Takes approx. 2 minutes.
[At the Printer]
While pressing the "Menu" key and the "Cancel" key on the Control
Panel at the same time, switch on the power.
[At the PC] The bold letters are entered items. (The following are samples.)
C:\temp\FW010706\ftp
ftp> open 129.249.107.221 (open IP address of the printer)
Connected to 129.249.107.221
220 firmware update mode
User 129.249.107.221None Return
331 Password required
Password (Return)
230 Logged in
ftp> bin
200 Command successful
ftp> put hanabi.dlb (put a new file name)
200 Command successful
150 Opening data connection
226 Transfer complete
ftp: 2907729 bytes sent in 17.52Seconds 165.97Kbytes/sec
ftp> bye
221 Goodbye
[Changes in display at the Printer]
Switch OFF then ON the power, it will be started in the normal mode.
Print the "Printer Settings" to confirm that the ROM version has been updated and file can
be printed from PC without problem.
Download Mode
Ready to Receive
Total Approx. 2 mis
Disconnecting
FTP F/W
Receiving
FTP F/W
Deleting
FTP F/W
Overwriting
FTP F/W
Completed
FTP F/W
Put command
Bye Command
Contents
5-1
Contents
5.1.1 Preface........................................................................................................ 2
5.1.2 How to use Parts List................................................................................... 2
5.1.3 General Notes on Parts List ......................................................................... 2
5.1.4 General Notes on Parts List ......................................................................... 2
5.2 Parts List ........................................................................................................... 3
PL1.1 Cover 1/2 ............................................................................................ 3
PL1.2 Cover 2/2 ............................................................................................ 4
PL2.1 Chassis & Feeder/Cassette...................................................................... 5
PL3.1 Paper Cassette (1/2)................................................................................ 6
PL3.2 Paper Cassette (2/2)................................................................................ 7
PL4.1 Paper Feeder (1/3)................................................................................... 8
PL4.2 Paper Feeder (2/3)................................................................................... 9
PL4.3 Paper Feeder (3/3)................................................................................. 10
PL5.1 Housing Assy Retard............................................................................. 11
PL6.1 Chute Assy In (1/2) ................................................................................ 12
PL6.2 Chute Assy In (2/2) ................................................................................ 13
PL7.1 Chute Assy Out (1/2) ............................................................................. 14
PL7.2 Chute Assy Out (2/2) ............................................................................. 15
PL8.1 Chute Assy Exit ..................................................................................... 16
PL9.1 BTR Assy & Fuser ................................................................................. 17
PL10.1 Registration......................................................................................... 18
PL11.1 Xerographics ....................................................................................... 19
PL12.1 TCRU Assy (1/3).................................................................................. 20
PL12.2 TCRU Assy (2/3).................................................................................. 21
PL12.3 TCRU Assy (3/3).................................................................................. 22
PL13.1 Frame.................................................................................................. 23
PL14.1 DRIVE ................................................................................................. 24
PL15.1 Electrical (1/2) ...................................................................................... 25
PL15.2 Electrical (2/2) ...................................................................................... 26
PL16.1 ESS..................................................................................................... 27
PL17.1 2Tray Module (1/4) ............................................................................... 28
PL17.2 2Tray Module (2/4) ............................................................................... 29
PL17.3 2Tray Module (3/4) ............................................................................... 30
PL17.4 2Tray Module (4/4) ............................................................................... 31
PL18.1 Option Paper Cassette (1/2)................................................................. 32
PL18.2 Option Paper Cassette (2/2)................................................................. 33
5.3 Area Codes for Adjustments/Consumables ...................................................... 34
5.2 Parts List
5-2
5.1.1 Preface
5.1.2 How to use Parts List
This section contains information related to spare parts, which is used when
ordering replacement parts and entering area codes.
This Parts List is to be read in conjunction with the following description.
5.1.3 General Notes on Parts List
If a "Note" is found in the DESCRIPTION column, read the corresponding Note
before proceeding.
Area Codes are found on the respective plates.
Area Codes which cannot be indicated by the parts on respective plates (such
as toner and electric current adjustment value) can be found in the Area Code
Table at the end of this section.
5.1.4 General Notes on Parts List
Numbers in the illustrations are the Item numbers in the list and they indicate the
relationship between illustrations and part names.
PL "X.Y.Z" indicates a part for item "Z" on the plate (PL) "X.Y".
Alphabets in the illustrations denote screws, clips and so on.
"S"= screw, "E"= E ring, "KL"= KL clip, "C"= C ring, "N"= nut
"(With 2-5)" appearing in illustrations and assembly parts in the list indicates that
items "2, 3, 4, 5" are shown on that plate.
"[Same PL X.Y.Z]" appearing in illustrations and assembly parts in the list
indicates that that part is the same as the part for item "Z" on plate "X.Y".
"HIGH ASSY" in the list indicates that assembly parts in a higher assembly
contain that part.
5.2 Parts List
5-3
5.2 Parts List
PL1.1 Cover 1/2
ITEM PARTS No. DESCRIPTION A.C
1 802K 30770 CONTROL PANEL HANABI 75AA
2 802K 18340 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD(with 3-9) 32B1
3 892E 41500 COVER FRONT HEAD 32B2
4 892E 41230 LABEL XEROX 32B3
5 19E 48220 HOLDER LEVER OUT 32B4
6 26E 24880 SCREW(M3x10) 32B5
7 11E 10660 LEVER OUT 32B6
8 -- CON. AMP 175694-3 32B7
9 127E 82890 FUSER FAN 32B8
10 -- COVER TOP STOPPER 32B9
11 802E 22920 COVER TOP 32BB
12 802K 28090 COVER TOP MAIN(with 13,14) 32BC
13 -- COVER TOP MAIN 32BX
14 892E 52840 LABEL TONER SETTING 32BE
15 802K 18360 COVER ASSY TOP PHD(with 16-26) 32BF
16 8E 93870 CAM I/R 32BG
17 802E 22630 COVER CAM 32BH
18 809E 28210 SPRING CAM I/R 32BJ
19 3E 53230 LATCH TOP R 32BK
20 3E 53240 HANDLE TOP 32BL
21 6E 71880 SHAFT LATCH TOP 32BM
22 809E 28240 SPRING HANDLE 32BN
23 3E 53220 LATCH TOP L 32BP
24 802E 22550 COVER TOP PHD 32BQ
25 809E 28220 SPRING TOP L 32BR
26 809E 28230 SPRING TOP R 32BS
27 3E 30350 STOPPER CRU 32BT
28 802E 22930 COVER REAR 32BU
29 26E 76270 STUD TOP 32BW
5.2 Parts List
5-4
PL1.2 Cover 2/2
1 802E 22970 COVER SIDE L 32C1
2 802K 42820 COVER SIDE R 32C2
3 26E 87840 SCREW(M3x8) 32C3
4 809E 28570 SPRING LINK 32C4
5 12E 10050 LINK 32C5
6 802K 18330 COVER ASSY FRONT(with 7-9) 32C6
7 26E 24880 SCREW(M3x10) 32C7
8 809E 28200 SPRING LINK 32C8
9 -- COVER FRONT 32C9
10 802K 18350 COVER ASSY FRONT IN(with 7,8,11) 32CB
11 -- COVER FRONT IN 32CC
12 50K 42910 TRAY ASSY MSI(with 13-18) 5110
13 -- LABEL REGI 32CD
14 32E 16130 GUIDE SIDE 32CE
15 50E 16940 TRAY MSI BASE 32CF
16 7E 65830 RACK MSI 32CG
17 7E 65820 GEAR MANUAL 32CH
18 26E 29050 SCREW FLANGE 32CJ
19 50K 42750 TRAY ASSY LOW(with 20,21) 32CK
20 50E 16870 TRAY MSI SLIDE 32CL
21 -- COVER MSI 32CM
5.2 Parts List
5-5
PL2.1 Chassis & Feeder/Cassette
1 84K 3097 CHASSIS HI ASSY FX 31B1
2 84K 3036 FDR/CST ASSY FX 5010
5.2 Parts List
5-6
PL3.1 Paper Cassette (1/2)
PL 3.2
1 3E 54170 HANDLE CASSETTE 50B1
2 54E 18930 CHUTE CASSETTE 50B2
3 892E 52821 LABEL CAUTION 50B3
4 32E 16600 GUIDE END-A5 50B4
5 54E 18910 CHUTE RETARD 50B5
6 59K 18250 ROLL ASSY 5031
7 -- CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION 400 50B6
8 6E 74220 SHAFT RETARD 50B7
9 19E 49231 HOLDER RETARD 50B8
10 809E 36020 SPRING RETARD 50B9
5.2 Parts List
5-7
PL3.2 Paper Cassette (2/2)
1 32E 16580 END GUIDE 50C1
2 19E 49210 PAD-BOTTOM 50C2
3 59E 96400 ROLL LINK 50C3
4 3E 54161 LATCH BTM L 50C4
5 3E 54151 LATCH BTM R 50C5
6 15K 50520 PLATE ASSY BTM 50C6
7 809E 30080 SPRING N/F 50C7
8 19E 49220 CLIP GUIDE END 50C8
9 19E 49190 GRIP R 50C9
10 19E 49250 SNUBBER-R 50CB
11 32E 16570 SIDE GUIDE R 50CC
12 892E 52810 LABEL MAX, FX 50CD
13 7E 65820 GEAR MANUAL 50CE
14 10E 92770 SLIDE GUIDE SIDE 50CF
15 32E 16560 SIDE GUIDE L 5011
16 19E 49241 SNUBBER-L 50CG
17 19E 49170 GRIP L 50CH
18 809E 30070 SPRING GUIDE SIDE 50CJ
19 809E 30090 SPRING EARTH CASSETTE 50CK
20 120E 20660 ACTUATOR GUIDE END 50CL
21 120E 20670 ACTUATOR SIZE 50CM
22 695E 86740 SHEET CST 50CN
5.2 Parts List
5-8
PL4.1 Paper Feeder (1/3)
1 802E 22810 COVER FDR FRONT 50D1
2 -- FRAME FEEDER TOP 50D2
3 -- COVER CASSETTE 50D3
4 14E 42121 BLOCK 50D4
5 -- FRAME FEEDER BOTTOM 50D5
6 54K 18000 CHUTE ASSY TURN(with 7-11) 50D6
7 -- CHUTE TURN 50D7
8 22E 19140 ROLL PINCH TURN 50D8
9 59E 95690 ROLL PINCH TURN 50D9
10 809E 28340 SPRING PINCH T-SID 50DB
11 809E 28330 SPRING PINCH T-CTR 50DC
12 26E 24880 SCREW(M3x10) 50DD
13 826E 1970 SCREW(M3x85) 50DE
5.2 Parts List
5-9
1 802E 22770 HSG FDR L 50E1
2 802E 22790 HSG FDR R 50E2
3 162K 69650 HARNESS ASSY TMPA 50E3
4 130K 61530 HUM TEMP SENSOR 50E4
5 17E 92080 FOOT 50E5
6 -- STOPPER CST 50E6
7 26E 24880 SCREW(M3x10) 50E7
8 110K 11240 TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY 50E8
9 162K 69700 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC 50E9
10 11E 10680 LEVER LOW PAPER 50EB
11 123E 91110 INDICATOR 50EC
12 19E 48400 HOLDER L-PAPER 50ED
13 32E 16070 GUIDE INDICATOR 50EE
14 809E 28300 SPRING INDICATOR 50EF
15 6E 71960 SHAFT INDICATOR 50EG
5.2 Parts List
5-10
1 1K 73731 PICKUP ASSY(with 2-5, 7-27) 5020
2 6E 71970 SHAFT FEED 1 50F1
3 59K 18240 ROLL ASSY FEED 5032
4 130E 82740 TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR 5013
5 120E 18640 ACTUATOR NO PAPER 50F2
6 12E 93212 LINK ACTUATOR 50F3
7 413W 75959 BEARING 50F4
8 7E 65750 GEAR FEED 1 50F5
9 809E 28310 SPRING FEED 1 50F6
10 809E 28320 SPRING FEED H 50F7
11 7E 65780 GEAR FEED H2 50F8
12 7E 65770 GEAR FEED H1 50F9
13 7E 65760 GEAR FEED 2 50FB
14 7E 65740 GEAR IDLER FEED 50FC
15 7E 67730 GEAR IDLER 50FD
16 3E 53290 STOPPER CLUTCH 50FE
17 121E 87700 TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID 50FF
18 5K 6011 TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY 5021
19 7E 65720 GEAR IDLER IN 50FG
20 130E 82740 TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR 5023
21 59K 18260 ROLL ASSY TURN 50FH
22 413W 11660 BEARING SLEEVE 50FJ
23 6E 71980 SHAFT FEED 2 50FK
24 285W 16251 PIN SPRING 50FL
25 59K 18250 ROLL ASSY 50FQ
26 920W 00510 CLAMP MINI-SADDLE 50FN
27 26E 25060 SCREW(M3x5) 50FP
28 162K 69690 H/A FDR 50FR
5.2 Parts List
5-11
PL5.1 Housing Assy Retard
1 802K 24843 HOUSING ASSY RETARD(with 2-14) 51B1
2 59K 19940 ROLL TURN 5135
3 6E 72010 SHAFT RTD 51B2
4 5K 6280 CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION 51B3
5 59K 19950 ROLL ASSY RETARD 51B4
6 19E 48500 HOLDER RETARD 5132
7 802E 23251 HOUSING RETARD 51B6
8 13E 18061 BEARING RUBBER R 51B7
9 121E 87710 MSI TURN CLUTCH 5136
10 26E 77720 STUD RETARD 51B8
11 809E 28671 SPRING RETARD 390 51B9
12 21E 97470 CAP RETARD 51BB
13 13E 19270 BEARING EARTH 51BC
14 830E 66580 PLATE EARTH RTD 51BD
15 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 51BE
5.2 Parts List
5-12
PL6.1 Chute Assy In (1/2)
1 117K 34570 WIRE ASSY BTR 53B1
2 809E 28630 SPRING BTR TO.3 53B2
3 6E 74230 SHAFT BTR IN 53B3
4 117K 34560 WIRE ASSY DTS 53B4
5 809E 28660 SPRING BTR R 53B5
6 26E 77730 STUD BTR 53B6
7 19E 48490 HOLDER SPRING BTR 53B7
8 162K 69630 HARNESS ASSY FSR 2(100V/200V) 53B8
9 26E 24690 SCREW(M3x6) 53B9
10 162K 69620 HARNESS ASSY CTD 53BB
11 19K 97900 ADC SENSOR ASSY(with 12-15) 53BC
12 -- HOLDER SNR CTD 53BD
13 -- SHIELD UPPER 53BE
14 -- SENSOR CTD 53BF
15 -- SHIELD LOWER 53BG
16 809E 28620 SPRING ADC 600 53BH
17 162K 69830 HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS 53BJ
18 130E 91010 WASTE TONER SENSOR 53BK
19 830E 66570 PLATE EARTH BTR 53BL
20 830E 66560 PLATE EARTH IN 53BM
21 809E 28640 SPRING IDT 3kgf 53BN
22 26E 77710 STAD IDT 53BP
23 19E 49590 HOLDER IDT 53BQ
24 54K 20461 CHUTE ASSY DUP IN 53BR
5.2 Parts List
5-13
PL6.2 Chute Assy In (2/2)
1 7K 86690 FUSER DRIVE ASSY 4340
2 127K 32000 FUSER MOTOR ASSY 4341
3 -- BRACKET FUSER MOTOR 53C1
4 7E 66330 GEAR 33 53C2
5 7E 66320 GEAR 32 53C3
6 -- BRACKET ASSY FUSER DRIVE 53C4
7 117K 34580 WIRE ASSY FUSER EARTH 53C5
8 -- SCREW M3 53C6
9 -- SCREW M3 53C7
10 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 53C8
11 809E 28650 SPRING BTR L 53C9
12 3E 56661 LATCH R 53CB
13 809E 28590 SPRING LATCH 1.2kgf 53CC
14 6E 72000 SHAFT LATCH 53CD
15 26E 24060 SCREW DT(M3x8) 53CE
16 830E 66550 PLATE IN T/R 53CF
17 59E 95690 ROLL PINCH TURN 53CG
18 809E 28610 SPRING PINCH TURN 53CH
19 59E 95700 ROLL PINCH DUP 53CJ
20 809E 28600 SPRING PINCH DUP 53CK
21 59E 95710 ROLL TURN IN 53CL
22 3E 53380 LATCH L 53CM
5.2 Parts List
5-14
PL7.1 Chute Assy Out (1/2)
1 162K 69590 HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 52B1
2 162K 69610 HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE B 52B2
3 130E FULL STACK SENSOR 5414
4 120E 18740 ACTUATOR FULL 52B3
5 809E 28710 SPRING PINCH MSI 52B4
6 59E 95780 ROLL PINCH EXIT 52B5
7 59E 95760 ROLL PINCH 52B6
8 830E 66650 BRACKET ELIMINATOR 52B7
9 105E 10380 ELIMINATOR EXIT 52B8
10 7E 66671 GEAR 30 52B9
11 13E 19270 BEARING EARTH 52BB
12 59E 95750 ROLL DUP 5235
13 130E 81970 DUP JAM SENSOR 52BC
14 120E 18750 ACTUATOR DUP 52BD
15 802E 23280 COVER MOTOR DUP 52BE
16 809E 30110 SPRING DUP 52BF
17 13E 19281 BEARING 52BG
18 54E 18370 CHUTE DUP OUT 52BH
5.2 Parts List
5-15
PL7.2 Chute Assy Out (2/2)
1 830E 66661 PLATE LATCH 52C1
2 3E 53410 LATCH OUT 52C2
3 19E 48541 HOLDER LATCH 52C3
4 809E 28730 SPRING LATCH OUT 52C4
5 809E 28700 SPRING N/F MSI 52C5
6 7E 65840 GEAR MSI 52C6
7 162K 69600 HARNESS ASSY DUP 52C7
8 13E 18070 BEARING MSI 52C8
9 8E 93880 CAM MSI 52C9
10 59E 95740 ROLL CORE MSI 52CB
11 59K 19960 ROLL ASSY FEED 52CC
12 6E 72022 SHAFT MSI 52CD
13 15K 52790 PLATE AS BTM(with 14-20) 52CE
14 -- ROLL BOTTOM 52CF
15 -- PIN MSI 52CG
16 19E 48510 PAD MSI 52CH
17 -- PLATE BTM MSI 52CJ
18 -- HOLDER MSI R 52CK
19 -- HOLDER MSI L 52CL
20 -- SCREW FLANGE 52CM
21 830E 66620 PLATE OUT MSI 52CN
22 -- WIRE ASSY DUP EARTH 52CP
23 130E 81970 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR 52CQ
24 809E 28720 SPRING SENSOR MSI 52CR
25 120E 18730 ACTUATOR MSI 52CS
26 3E 53400 STOPPER SOL 52CT
27 809E 28690 SPRING MSI 600 52CV
28 121E 88250 MSI FEED SOLENOID 52CW
29 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 52CX
30 26E 24060 SCREW DT(M3x8) 52CY
31 830E 66630 PLATE EARTH OUT 52CZ
5.2 Parts List
5-16
PL8.1 Chute Assy Exit
1 54K 18103 CHUTE ASSY EXIT(with 2-13) 5410
2 7E 65881 GEAR ROLL 54B1
3 13E 19270 BEARING EARTH 5411
4 59E 96430 ROLL EXIT 54B2
5 59E 95770 ROLL MID 54B3
6 54E 18380 CHUTE EXIT LOWER 54B4
7 13E 19281 BEARING 54B5
8 127K 31710 DUP MOTOR ASSY 54B6
9 830E 66670 PLATE EARTH LOW 54B7
10 26E 17890 SCREW WHITE 54B8
11 7E 65850 GEAR 42 54B9
12 7E 65860 GEAR 40/42 54BB
13 7E 65870 GEAR 48 54BC
14 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 54BD
5.2 Parts List
5-17
PL9.1 BTR Assy & Fuser
1 84K 6720 FUSER ASSY 100V 43AA
2 84K 3022 BTR ASSY 4101
3 3E 53390 STRAP 41B1
4 6E 72030 SHAFT PIVOT 41B2
5.2 Parts List
5-18
PL10.1 Registration
1 54K 20533 CHUTE REGI ST(with 2-22) 5310
2 7E 67420 GEAR REGI RUBBER 53D1
3 7E 67430 GEAR REGI METAL 53D2
4 13E 19270 BEARING EARTH 53D3
5 26E 24060 SCREW DT(M3xL8) 53D4
6 830E 70650 PLATE SIDE REGI 53D5
7 13E 19260 BEARING METAL L 53D6
8 9E 70960 SPRING REGI R/L 53D7
9 59E 96420 ROLL REGI METAL 5311
10 59E 96410 ROLL REGI RUBBER 53D8
11 13E 19250 BEARING METAL R 53D9
12 121E 88240 REGI CLUTCH 5312
13 13E 19281 BEARING 53DB
14 54E 18951 CHUTE REGI 53DC
15 19E 50500 HOLDER SENSOR OHP 53DD
16 130E 85330 OHP SENSOR 42DE
17 162K 69660 HARNESS ASSY OHP 53DF
18 26E 77680 STUD PLUNGER D/EARTH 53DG
19 809E 28580 SPRING DRUM EARTH 53DH
20 130E 81970 REGI SENSOR 5313
21 120E 20680 ACTUATOR REGI 53DJ
22 809E 34580 SPRING SENSOR REGI 53DK
23 -- HOUSING ASSY ELEC 53DL
5.2 Parts List
5-19
PL11.1 Xerographics
1 62K 10860 ROS ASSY 1310
2 809E 28560 SPRING ROS 13B1
3 84K 3015 PHD ASSY 45AA
4 802K 24821 HSG ASSY BIAS 45B1
5 26E 77670 STUD PLUNGER 45B2
6 26E 77690 SCREW DT(M4x16) 45B3
7 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 45B4
8 892E 52850 LABEL IN.PHD 45B5
5.2 Parts List
5-20
PL12.1 TCRU Assy (1/3)
PL 12.3
PL 12.2
1 --
TONER CARTRIDGE(Y)
4011
2 -- TONER CARTRIDGE(M) 40B1
3 -- TONER CARTRIDGE(C) 40B2
4 -- TONER CARTRIDGE(K) 40B3
5 26E 25060 SCREW DT(M3x6) 40B4
6 162K 69670 HARNESS ASSY TNR 40B5
7 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 40B6
8 160K 83190 EEPROM PWB 40B7
9 105K 19520 SUB HVPS 7320
5.2 Parts List
5-21
1 -- HOLDER TONER ASSY(Y)(with 2-30) 4010
1 -- HOLDER TONER ASSY(M)(with 2-30) 40C1
1 -- HOLDER TONER ASSY(C)(with 2-30) 40C2
1 -- HOLDER TONER ASSY(K)(with 2-30) 40C3
2 802E 26970 TONER HOUSING(Y) 40C4
2 802E 26980 TONER HOUSING(M) 40C5
2 802E 26990 TONER HOUSING(C) 40C6
2 802E 27000 TONER HOUSING(K) 40C7
3 802K 34920 COVER ASSY HOLDER 40C8
4 35E 62940 SEAL HOLDER 40C9
5 13E 19740 BEARING AGITATOR L 40CB
6 33K 94050 AGITATOR ASSY 40CC
7 35E 59590 SEAL OIL 40CD
8 13E 19750 BEARING AGITATOR 40CE
9 5E 16280 COLLAR AGITATOR 40CF
10 7E 71080 GEAR AGITATOR 40CG
11 7E 71070 GEAR AUGER 40CH
12 13E 19730 BEARING AUGER 40CJ
13 35E 62920 SEAL OIL 4 40CK
14 59E 97010 AUGER ASSY(Y) 4013
14 59E 97020 AUGER ASSY(M) 40CL
14 59E 97030 AUGER ASSY(C) 40CM
14 59E 97040 AUGER ASSY(K) 40CN
15 7E 71090 GEAR TCRU 40CP
16 7E 71120 GEAR IDLER 2 40CQ
17 7E 71110 GEAR IDLER 1 40CR
18 830E 79080 BRACKET MOTOR 40CS
19 26E 24880 SCREW-DT(M3x10) 40CT
20 15E 77140 PLATE MOTOR 40CV
21 127K 33050 TONER MOTOR ASSY 40CW
22 830E 80290 BRACKET SRG NZZL 40CX
23 809E 34830 SPRING NOZZLE 40CY
24 21E 97760 CAP NOZZLE 40CZ
25 52E 94960 NOZZLE MAIN 40D1
26 52E 94910 PIPE AUGER 1(Y) 40D2
26 52E 94920 PIPE AUGER 2(M) 40D3
26 52E 94930 PIPE AUGER 3(C) 40D4
26 52E 94940 PIPE AUGER 4(K) 40D5
27 26E 24060 SCREW-DT(M3x8) 40D6
28 130E 85200 LOW TONER SENSOR 40D7
29 -- KEY TCRU 1(Y) 40D8
29 -- KEY TCRU 2(M) 40D9
29 -- KEY TCRU 3(C) 40DB
29 -- KEY TCRU 4(K) 40DC
30 110K 11250 TCRU SWITCH ASSY 40DD
5.2 Parts List
5-22
1 15K 55360
PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L(with 2-16)
40E1
2 26E 25060 SCREW DT(M3x6) 40E2
3 830E 67400 SUPPORT HOLDER L 40E3
4 -- PLATE ASSY 40E4
5 32E 16310 GUIDE RACK 40E5
6 809E 29001 SPRING DISPENSER 40E6
7 830E 67410 BRACKET NOZZLE 40E7
8 162K 69680 HARNESS ASSY CRUM 40E8
9 830E 70660 BRACKET CRUM 40E9
10 130K 60470 CONN ASSY CRUM MC 40EB
11 3E 53760 STOPPER 40EC
12 920W 00513 CLAMP MINI-SADDLE 40ED
13 7E 75190 RACK V 40EE
14 7E 66110 GEAR SLIDE 40EF
15 7E 66092 RACK H 40EG
16 26E 24060 SCREW DT(M3x8) 40EH
5.2 Parts List
5-23
PL13.1 Frame
1 15K 49010 PLT ASSY LEVEL L 31C1
2 830E 98250
BRACKET LEVER
31C2
3 12E 10030 LINK LEVER L 31C3
4 11E 10730 LEVER DRUM 31C4
5 809E 28430 SPRING LEVER 30N 31C5
6 12E 10040 LINK LEVER R 31C6
7 15K 49000 PLT ASSY LEVER R 31C7
8 120E 18681 ACTUATOR I/R 31C8
9 809E 28460 SPRING I/L 31C9
10 7E 65810 GEAR IDL.PRESS 31CB
11 7K 87251 GEAR ASSY PR R 31CC
12 26E 77650 STUD LATCH FRONT 31CD
13 830E 66500 PLATE EARTH R 31CE
14 35E 58130 FILM CHUTE 31CF
15 830E 66480 PLATE EARTH DIODE 31CG
16 830E 66490 PLATE EARTH FRONT 31CH
17 160K 70780 PWBA ASSY EARTH 31CJ
18 7K 87261 GEAR ASSY PR L 31CK
19 830E 66510 PLATE EARTH L 31CL
20 101E 15691 CHASSIS MAIN 31CM
21 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 31CN
5.2 Parts List
5-24
PL14.1 DRIVE
1 7K 87530 DEVE DRIVE ASSY(with 2-8) 4030
2 -- BRACKET ASSY DEVE DRIVE 40F1
3 127K 31990 DEVE MOTOR ASSY 4031
4 26E 25060 SCREW(M3) 40F2
5 7E 66300 GEAR 25 40F3
6 7E 66290 GEAR 24 40F4
7 7E 66270 GEAR 22 40F5
8 7E 66280 GEAR 23 40F6
9 7K 87520 MAIN DRIVE ASSY(with 10-20) 3010
10 -- BRACKET ASSY MAIN DRIVE 30B1
11 127K 36310 MAIN MOTOR ASSY 3011
12 26E 25060 SCREW(M3) 30B2
13 920W 00510 CLAMP MINI-SADDLE 30B3
14 -- BRACKET ASSY G5 30B4
15 7E 66230 GEAR 5 30B5
16 7E 66240 GEAR 6 30B6
17 7E 66250 GEAR 7 30B7
18 7E 66220 GEAR 4 30B8
19 7E 66210 GEAR 3 30B9
20 7E 66200 GEAR 2 30BB
21 26E 24080 SCREW(M4) 30BC
22 26E 24690 SCREW(S+3x6) 30BD
5.2 Parts List
5-25
PL15.1 Electrical (1/2)
1 -- COVER MCU 72B1
2 160K 86452 MCU AND HVPS PWB 72AA
3 127E 82900 FAN REAR 72B2
4 -- SCREW FAN LV 72B3
5 -- CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS 72B4
6 -- BOX ASSY ELEC 72B5
7 26E 25060 SCREW(M3x6) 72B6
8 -- HOUSING ASSY CONTACT 72B7
9 117K 34750 POWER CORD JP 7267
10 105K 19490 LVPS 7310
11 162K 69581 HARNESS ASSY AC SW 73B1
12 -- SCREW(M4x6) 73B3
13 -- GUIDE HARNESS SW 73B2
14 26E 24880 SCREW DT(M3x10) 73B4
15 160K 78361 DRIVE PWB 7230
5.2 Parts List
5-26
PL15.2 Electrical (2/2)
PL 15.1.2
PL 15.1.22
PL 15.1.17
1 162K 69710 HARNESS ASSY LVNC 71B1
2 162K 69720 HARNESS ASSY DRV 1 71B2
3 162K 69730 HARNESS ASSY DRV 2 71B3
4 162K 69740 HARNESS ASSY LVRPG 71B4
5 162K 69750 HARNESS ASSY ROS 71B5
6 162K 69760 HARNESS ASSY 24V 71B6
7 162K 69770 HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1 71B7
8 162K 69781 HARNESS ASSY OPF MAIN 71B8
9 162K 69790 HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE A 71B9
10 162K 69810 HARNESS ASSY EEPROM 71BB
11 162K 69820 HARNESS ASSY LVRMT 71BC
12 162K 69800 HARNESS ASSY TMPB 71BD
5.2 Parts List
5-27
PL16.1 ESS
1 133K 22420 IC-RAM-128M-50DIMM 7640
2 160K 83330 HDD ASSY 7820
3 160K 77634 NIC EXP ASSY 7620
4 -- SCREW BIND 76B1
5 160K 83325 ESS PWB 76AA
6 26E 40430 SCREW KNURLING(M4) 76B2
7 15K 50531 PLATE REAR ESS 76B3
8 -- SCREW(M3x6) 76B4
9 -- SCREW(M3x6) 76B5
10 802E 26170 PANEL REAR ESS 76B6
11 -- SPRING EARTH ESS 76B7
12 32E 17450 GUIDE L ESS 76B8
13 32E 17440 GUIDE R ESS 76B9
5.2 Parts List
5-28
PL17.1 2Tray Module (1/4)
1 695E 92120 COVER L 50G1
2 -- COVER CASSETTE 50G2
3 1K 77782 FRAME ASSY OPF 50G3
4 695E 92110 COVER R 50G4
5 695E 92130 COVER FRONT 50G5
6 17K 92350 CASTER ASSYS 50G6
7 17K 92360 CASTER ASSY 50G7
8 123E 91090 INDICATOR 50G8
9 -- SCREW 50G9
10 -- SCREW 50GB
5.2 Parts List
5-29
1 32K 96330 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE L(with3~5) 50H1
2 32K 96320 GUIDE ASSY CASSETTE R(with5~7) 50H2
3 -- GUIDE CASSETTE L 50H3
4 -- STOPPER CST 50H4
5 26E 24880 SCREW(M3x10) 50H5
6 -- GUIDE CASSETTE R 50H6
110K 11240 TRAY2 SIZE SWITCH ASSY 50H7
7
110K 11240 TRAY3 SIZE SWITCH ASSY 50H8
8 54K 18000 CHUTE ASSY TURN(with9~13) 50H9
9 -- CHUTE TURN 50HB
10 22E 19140 ROLL PINCH TURN 50HC
11 59E 95690 ROLL PINCH TURN 50HD
12 809E 28340 SPRING PINCH T-SID 50HE
13 809E 28330 SPRING PINCH T-CTR 50HF
14 -- SCREW 50HG
15 -- SCREW 50HH
5.2 Parts List
5-30
1 1K 78141 PICKUP ASSY(with2~5, 7~27) 50J1
2 6E 71970 SHAFT FEED 1 50J2
3 59K 18240 ROLL ASSY FEED 50J3
4 130E 82740 NO PAPER SENSOR 50J4
5 120E 18640 ACTUATOR NO PAPER 50J5
6 12E 93212 LINK ACTUATOR 50J6
7 413W 75959 BEARING 50J7
8 7E 65750 GEAR FEED 1 50J8
9 809E 28310 SPRING FEED 1 50J9
10 809E 28320 SPRING FEED H 50JB
11 7E 65780 GEAR FEED H2 50JC
12 7E 65770 GEAR FEED H1 50JD
13 7E 65760 GEAR FEED 2 50JE
14 7E 65740 GEAR IDLER FEED 50JF
15 7E 67730 GEAR IDLER 50JG
16 3E 53290 STOPPER CLUTCH 50JH
17 121E 87700 FEED SOLENOID 50JJ
18 5K 6011 TURN CLUTCH ASSY 50JK
19 7E 65720 GEAR IDLER IN 50JL
20 59K 18261 ROLL ASSY TURN 50JM
21 413W 11660 BEARING SLEEVE 50JN
22 6E 71980 SHAFT FEED 2 50JP
23 285W 16251 PIN SPRING 50JQ
24 59K 18250 ROLL ASSY 50JR
25 -- FRAME ASSY DRIVE 50JS
26 920W 00510 CLAMP MINI-SADDLE 50JT
27 26E 25060 SCREW(M3x5) 50JV
5.2 Parts List
5-31
1 160K 78380 FEEDER PWB 50K1
2 162K 69840 HARNESS ASSY DPF PLG 50K2
3 162K 69850 HARNESS ASSY FDR 2T 50K3
4 162K 69860 HARNESS ASSY FDR 3T 50K4
5 7K 87230 FEEDER DRIVE ASSY 50K5
6 7E 65730 GEAR IDLER 50K6
7 130E 82740 TRAY2 LOW PAPER SENSOR 50K7
8 130E 82740 TRAY3 LOW PAPER SENSOR 50K8
9 11E 10890 LEVER LOW PAPER 50K9
10 123K 94100 INDCATOR ASSY 50KB
11 -- HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ 50KC
5.2 Parts List
5-32
PL18.1 Option Paper Cassette (1/2)
1 -- CASSETTE ASSY F(with2~12 AND PL18.2) 50L1
2 3E 54170 HANDLE CASSETTE 50L2
3 892E 54810 LABEL CST INSTRUCTION 50L3
4 54E 18930 CHUTE CASSETTE 50L4
5 892E 52821 LABEL CAUTION 50L5
6 32E 16600 GUIDE END-A5 50L6
7 54E 18910 CHUTE RETARD 50L7
8 59K 21730 ROLL ASSY 50L8
9 5K 6270 CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION 400 50L9
10 6E 74220 SHAFT RETARD 50LB
11 19E 49230 HOLDER RETARD 50LC
12 809E 36020 SPRING RETARD 50LD
5.2 Parts List
5-33
PL18.2 Option Paper Cassette (2/2)
1 32E 16580 GUIDE END 50M1
2 892E 54800 LABEL REGI 50M2
3 19E 49210 PAD-BOTTOM 50M3
4 59E 96400 ROLL LINK 50M4
5 3E 54161 LATCH BTM L 50M5
6 3E 54150 LATCH BTM R 50M6
7 15K 50520 PLATE ASSY BTM 50M7
8 809E 30080 SPRING N/F 50M8
9 19E 49220 CLIP GUIDE END 50M9
10 19E 49190 GRIP R 50MB
11 19E 49250 SNUBBER-R 50MC
12 32E 16570 GUIDE SIDE R 50MD
13 892E 52810 LABEL MAX, FX 50ME
14 7E 65820 GEAR MANUAL 50MF
15 10E 92770 SLIDE GUIDE SIDE 50MG
16 32E 16560 GUIDE SIDE L 50MH
17 19E 49241 SNUBBER-L 50MJ
18 19E 49170 GRIP L 50MK
19 809E 30070 SPRING GUIDE SIDE 50ML
20 809E 30090 SPRING EARTH CASSETTE 50MM
21 120E 20660 ACTUATOR GUIDE END 50MN
22 120E 20670 ACTUATOR SIZE 50MP
23 695E 86740 SHEET CST 50MQ
5.3 Area Codes for Adjustments/Consumables
5-34
5.3 Area Codes for Adjustments/Consumables
Mechanical Adjustment Area Code
Contact Arc 4344
Electrical Adjustment Area Code
Side REGI. Adjustment (Tray 1) 7714
Side REGI. Adjustment (MSI) 7712
MSI Guide Correction 7718
ROS Write Timing Adjustment 771D
ROS Boundary Erase Adjustment 771E
MSI BottomEdge Frame Erase Amount Adjustment 771F
NVM Initialize ALL 7000
NVM Initialize UI 7040
NVM Initialize SYS IOT 7041
TOOL S Initial Value Change 772E
Fixed Magnification Switch 772F
Beep Sound 772G
Other NVM Rewrite 772H
Other Diagnostic Adjustment 772J
Software Area Code
Reinstall/Initialize (Including OFF/ON) 7060
OS 7010
Firmware 7020
Application 7030
Device Driver 7070
Patch Software 7050
Other Software 70B1
Paper Area Code
JD Paper 57B1
J Paper 5711
Plain Paper (from XEROX) 57B2
Plain Paper (from other vendors) 57B3
Recycled Paper (from XEROX) 5712
Recycled Paper (from other vendors) 57B4
Transparency (specified) 5713
Transparency (unspecified) 57B5
Applied Paper 57B6
Tracing Paper 5714
Postcard 57B7
Opaque Film 57B8
Heavy Weight Paper 57B9
Tacked Film 57BB
Envelope 57BC
Application Environment Area Code
Incorrect Troubleshooting (within User Guide range) 9051
Incorrect Troubleshooting (beyond User Guide range) 9052
Incorrect Operation (within User Guide range) 9053
Incorrect Operation (beyond User Guide range) 9054
Not reproduced on visit 8888
Not reproduced after Power OFF/ON (reproduced on visit) 8889
Unable to identify cause/point of failure (reproduced on visit) 888C
Failure in Peripherals 9040
SECTION 6 GENERAL
Contents
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-1
Contents
6.1 Specifications .................................................................................................... 3
6.1.1 Product Names/Product Code/FWSS Code ................................................ 3
6.1.2 Printer Dimensions and Weight .................................................................... 3
6.1.3 Installation Space......................................................................................... 3
6.1.4 Printer System Configuration........................................................................ 3
6.1.4.1 Printer Overview .................................................................................... 3
6.1.4.2 IOT Feature Overview ............................................................................ 4
6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration .................................................................. 4
6.1.5 List of Options ............................................................................................. 5
6.1.6 Documentation............................................................................................ 5
6.1.7 System Characteristics ................................................................................ 5
6.1.7.1 Operating Modes................................................................................... 5
6.1.7.2 Throughput............................................................................................ 6
6.1.7.3 FPOT..................................................................................................... 6
6.1.7.4 Continuous Print Speed......................................................................... 6
6.1.7.5 Warmup Time........................................................................................ 6
6.1.8 Print Function .............................................................................................. 6
6.1.8.1 Image Area............................................................................................ 6
6.1.8.2 Printer Fonts (Japanese: 2 styles, English: 13 styles) .............................. 6
6.1.8.3 True Type Fonts ..................................................................................... 7
6.1.9 Image Processing Features.......................................................................... 7
6.1.9.1 Specify Color/Black & White .................................................................. 7
6.1.9.2 Paper Type Selection ............................................................................. 7
6.1.9.3 EconoMode........................................................................................... 7
6.1.9.4 Color Matching...................................................................................... 7
6.1.9.5 Image Settings....................................................................................... 7
6.1.9.6 Color Balance........................................................................................ 7
6.1.9.7 Auto Image Quality Adjustment .............................................................. 7
6.1.9.8 Document Types.................................................................................... 7
6.1.9.9 Profile Settings....................................................................................... 8
6.1.10 Additional Image Features.......................................................................... 8
6.1.10.1 Watermark (Windows version only) ....................................................... 8
6.1.11 Page Layout Features ................................................................................ 8
6.1.11.1 180 Rotation Print .............................................................................. 8
6.1.11.2 Reduction/Enlargement (Zoom) ............................................................ 8
6.1.11.3 N-Up ................................................................................................... 8
6.1.11.4 Margin Shift ......................................................................................... 8
6.1.11.5 Image Repeat ...................................................................................... 8
6.1.11.6 Booklet Printing (Windows version only) ............................................... 8
6.1.12 Page Output Order Control ........................................................................ 8
6.1.12.1 Uncollated Print ................................................................................... 8
6.1.12.2 Collated Print ....................................................................................... 8
6.1.13 Separator................................................................................................... 8
6.1.13.1 Banner Sheet....................................................................................... 8
6.1.14 Job Control ................................................................................................ 8
6.1.14.1 Stop Print ............................................................................................ 8
6.1.14.2 Force Output ....................................................................................... 8
6.1.14.3 Job Timeout ........................................................................................ 8
6.1.14.4 Job Recovery....................................................................................... 9
6.1.15 Other Features........................................................................................... 9
6.1.15.1 User Job Registration........................................................................... 9
6.1.15.2 Billing Count ........................................................................................ 9
6.1.15.3 EP Feature........................................................................................... 9
6.1.15.4 Remaining Toner Amount Display......................................................... 9
6.1.15.5 Job Logging Feature............................................................................ 9
6.1.15.6 Receive Restrictions (IP Filter Feature) .................................................. 9
6.1.16 Utility Print.................................................................................................. 9
SECTION 6 GENERAL
Contents
6-2
6.1.16.1 Printer Settings List.............................................................................. 9
6.1.16.2 Panel Settings List ............................................................................... 9
6.1.16.3 Font List (TBD)..................................................................................... 9
6.1.16.4 Job Log Print....................................................................................... 9
6.1.16.5 Chart for Color Registration correction ................................................. 9
6.1.17 Host Interface............................................................................................ 9
6.1.17.1 Client Hardware................................................................................... 9
6.1.17.2 Client OS........................................................................................... 10
6.1.17.3 Server OS.......................................................................................... 10
6.1.18 IEEE1284 ................................................................................................ 10
6.1.18.1 Connector ......................................................................................... 10
6.1.18.2 IEEE1284 Support ............................................................................. 10
6.1.19 Ethernet................................................................................................... 10
6.1.19.1 Connector ......................................................................................... 10
6.1.19.2 Printing Protocol ................................................................................ 10
6.1.19.3 Control Protocol ................................................................................ 10
6.1.19.4 USB .................................................................................................. 11
6.1.20 Utility Software......................................................................................... 11
6.1.20.1 Printer Driver/Installer......................................................................... 11
6.1.20.2 TCP/IP Direct Print Utility ................................................................... 11
6.1.20.3 Network Setup Tool (NetWork Utility).................................................. 11
6.1.20.4 SSN (SimpleStatusNotification) (Windows only) .................................. 11
6.1.20.5 Other Utility Software ......................................................................... 11
6.1.21 Paper Handling........................................................................................ 11
6.1.21.1 Paper Source .................................................................................... 11
6.1.21.2 Output Tray........................................................................................ 12
6.1.21.3 Duplex............................................................................................... 12
6.1.21.4 Other Paper Handling ........................................................................ 12
6.1.21.5 Summary of Restrictive Conditions .................................................... 12
6.1.22 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency ............................................ 13
6.1.23 Rated Consumption Power ...................................................................... 13
6.1.24 Noise ....................................................................................................... 13
6.1.25 Firmware Update Feature......................................................................... 13
6.2 Tools/Service Consumables ............................................................................. 14
6.2.1 Tools.......................................................................................................... 14
6.2.2 Service Consumables ................................................................................ 14
6.3 Consumables................................................................................................... 14
6.4 Installation Procedures ..................................................................................... 15
6.4.1 Checking bundled parts ............................................................................. 15
6.4.2 Removing protective tapes from various locations ...................................... 16
6.4.3 Removing protective layer from paper tray.................................................. 16
6.4.4 Installing Drum Cartridge............................................................................ 18
6.4.5 Installing Toner Cartridges .......................................................................... 19
6.4.6 Loading paper............................................................................................ 21
6.4.7 Setting Tray Cover...................................................................................... 22
6.4.8 Connecting Power Cord............................................................................. 23
6.4.9 Correcting Color Registration ..................................................................... 23
6.5 Software related information............................................................................. 25
6.5.1 Menu Tree (User mode) .............................................................................. 25
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-3
6.1 Specifications
6.1.1 Product Names/Product Code/FWSS Code
Product Name Product Code FWSS Code
DocuPrint C1618 NL300004 DPC1618
6.1.2 Printer Dimensions and Weight
Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm) Weight (kg)
439 590* 445 Below 36.5kg (including CRU)
*: When the Bypass Tray is folded.
6.1.3 Installation Space
There is one ventilation hole at the side of the printer, and one behind it. Install the
printer at a position such that the wall is 150mm, 100mm and 200mm away from
the printer on its right, left and back respectively.
6.1.4 Printer System Configuration
6.1.4.1 Printer Overview
(1) Host Computer
The applicable PC is a PC98, an IBM PC AT compatible machine, or a
Macintosh. The printer can be directly connected to the PC and the network at
the same time.
(2) ESS
ESS interprets the print information (control code data, character code data,
graphics data, image data and so on) sent from the host computer, converts it
into video data and transfers it to the IOT.
(3) IOT
IOT prints the video data received from the ESS on paper for viewing. It adopts
the Laser Xerographics method of A4 600dpi/1200dpi.
IEEE1284 or USB1.1
150mm
600mm
100mm 200mm Host Computer
ESS IOT
Network
Operation Panel
Power Supply
AC
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.1 Specifications
6-4
6.1.4.2 IOT Feature Overview
Configuration Details
Recording Part
Recording System
Developing Materials
Toner
Exposing System
Fusing System
- Color 16 ppm, B/W 16 ppm
- 600dpi (Standard Speed), 1200dpi (1/2 Speed)
- 4 consecutive tandom electronic photo method that adopted
OPC Drum and center transfer roll
- 2 elements
- Chemical toner (Black, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan)
- Semiconductor Laser 4-beam concurrent scanning method
- Fusing by free belt nipping method
CRU - Black Toner Cartridge
- Yellow Toner Cartridge
- Magenta Toner Cartridge
- Cyan Toner Cartridge
- Drum Cartridge
- Transfer Roll Cartridge
Paper Source - Built-in Feeder Unit (500 sheets)
- MSI unit (100 sheets)
- Feeder Unit (500 sheets x 2)-Optional
Output Tray - Face Down Output Tray (250 sheets)
Duplex - Built-in Duplex Unit
Operation Panel - LCD: 16 digits x 2 lines
- Buttons: x 8
- LED: x 5
- MIMIC: Compatible
LVPS - ACD100V, 50/60Hz Power Supply (Deep Sleep Mode: Power
Saver Mode compatible)
6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration
Item Details
CPU QED RM5261A 250MHZ
Memory RAM : Standard 32MB, Max. 288MB
144pin SO-DIMM Slot x 1 installed
ROM : 4MB Flash ROM for Program (On Board)
: 8MB Mask ROM for Font (On Board)
HDD : 3.2GB or above IDE HDD for electronic sorting
(Optional)
External Interface Parallel Interface
: Compliance with IEEE1284 (Compatible, Nibble, ECP)
USB1.1
Network Connection Interface
: For 100BASE-TX (10BASE-T compatible)
Network Protocol LPD
Port9100
IPP
FTP
NetWare (SPX/IPX)
(When the optional Network Expansion Card is installed.)
Apple Talk (Ether Talk)
SMB over TCP/IP
SMB over NetBEUI
DHCP
HTTPEWS
SNMP
SMTP/POP3 E-Mail: Status Messenger
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-5
6.1.5 List of Options
No Product Name Product Code Remarks
1 500-sheet Universal Paper Tray EL300064
2 Feeder Unit (500 sheets x 2) EL300063
3 Expansion RAM Module (128MB) EL300066 144Pin SO-DIMM
4 Expansion RAM Module (256MB) EC100141 144Pin SO-DIMM
5 Built-in Hard Disk EL300067 For electronic sorting 10GB
6 Network Expansion Card *1 EL300065
7 Centronics Cable
(D-Sub25 pin for PC/AT)
E3200011 DP190/210 common
8 Centronics Cable
(Full pitch 36 pin for PC98)
VD14 Diversion for LaserPress
9 Centronics Cable
(Half pitch 36 pin for PC98 MATE)
YH57 Diversion for LaserPress
12 Earthquake Preparedness Kit EL300091
*1 This is a card for expanding the network function. By adding this card, it can be
compatible to networks such as NetWare, SMB and AppleTalk, as well as the
standard TCP/IP.
6.1.6 Documentation
Packaged with Manual Name Format Manual Code
Printer Setup Guide Paper (A2 2-Sided x 1 sheet) DE-1328
Printer User Guide Paper (Approx. 250P) DE-1329
Printer One-point Guide Paper DE-1333
Printer PDF file Easy Print Guide Paper DE-1327
CentreWare
CD-ROM
Let's Try Color Printing PDF (Approx. 18P) -
CentreWare
CD-ROM
Network Guide PDF & DW (Approx. 200P) -
Options 2-Tray Module Guide Paper (Booklet Approx. 8P) DE-1181
6.1.7 System Characteristics
6.1.7.1 Operating Modes
The operating modes are as follows:
(1) Running Mode: The printer is operating under conditions such as running or
recording.
Fusing System : Maintains at operating temperature
Exposing System : Rotates at running speed
Recording System : Operating status
Fuser Fan : High Speed rotation status
Rear Fan : High speed rotation
LVPS : Normal mode
(2) Ready Mode: The printer is at ready state.
Fusing System : Maintains at Ready temperature
Exposing System : Stop status
Recording System : Stop status
Fuser Fan : Half Speed rotation status
Rear Fan : Stop status
LVPS : Normal mode
(3) Low Power Mode (Light Sleep Mode):
The machine shifts to the Light Sleep Mode when print data is not received
within a specific time in order to reduce power consumption.
Fusing System : Stop status
Fuser Fan : Stop status
LVPS : Normal mode
(4) Power Saver Mode (Deep Sleep Mode):
After shifting to the Low Power Mode (Light Sleep Mode) to reduce power
consumption, the machine shifts to the Power Saver Mode (Deep Sleep Mode)
when print data is not received after a longer specific time. The LVPS output
power to the IOT is completely cut off, and only power to the ESS network
function part is supplied.
Fusing System : Stop status
Fuser Fan : Stop status
LVPS : Power Saver mode
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.1 Specifications
6-6
6.1.7.2 Throughput
Indicates the time from the print instruction on the Printer Driver, to the last print
paper being output to the output tray. However, this excludes the Process Control
operation.
(OS: Win98, Measurement chart: JEIDA J11, Paper source: Tray 1)
Paper Paper Type Color Throughput
A4 Plain Paper-1 Color Below 60 seconds
A4 Plain Paper-1 B/W Below 60 seconds
6.1.7.3 FPOT
Indicates the time from the print instruction on the Printer Driver, to the print paper
being output to the output tray. However; this excludes the Process Control
operation.
(OS: Win98, Measurement chart: JEIDA J11, Paper source: Tray 1)
Paper Paper Type Color Throughput
A4 Plain Paper-1 Color Below 20 seconds
A4 Plain Paper-1 B/W Below 20 seconds
6.1.7.4 Continuous Print Speed
(1) Print speed in same document mode
(OS: Win98, Measurement chart: Not specified, Paper: A4SEF)
Paper Type Paper Source Color 2-sided/1-sided
mode
Average Print
Speed
Plain Paper-1 Not specified Color 1-Sided 16ppm and above
Plain Paper-1 Not specified B/W 1-Sided 16ppm and above
Plain Paper-1 Not specified Color 2-Sided 10ppm and above
Plain Paper-1 Not specified B/W 2-Sided 10ppm and above
Heavyweight-1 Not specified Color 1-Sided 8ppm and above
Heavyweight-1 Not specified B/W 1-Sided 8ppm and above
Transparency Bypass Tray Color 1-Sided 5ppm and above
(2) Print speed in different document modes
(Paper source: Not specified, Paper: A4SEF)
OS Measurement
Chart
Paper Type Color Average Print Speed
Win98 JEIDA J11 Plain Paper-1 Color 16ppm and above
Win98 JEIDA J11 Plain Paper-1 B/W 16ppm and above
WinNT4.0 JEIDA J11 Plain Paper-1 Color 16ppm and above
WinNT4.0 JEIDA J11 Plain Paper-1 B/W 16ppm and above
MAC8 SDPT-093 Plain Paper-1 Color TBD ppm and above
MAC8 SDPT-093 Plain Paper-1 B/W TBD ppm and above
6.1.7.5 Warmup Time
Event/Status Shifting Time before printing Conditions
Power On Less than 30sec
Returning from Low Power Mode Less than 30sec
Returning from Power Saver Mode Less than 30sec
Temperature 22C, humidity
55%, input voltage 100V
6.1.8 Print Function
6.1.8.1 Image Area
Size Category Image Quality Guaranteed Area
500-sheet Universal Tray Area excluding 4mm from the 4 sides (left, right, up, down) of
the paper size.
Maximum drawing image quality guaranteed area 207.9mm x
347.6mm (8.2" x 13.7")
When running LEF
(900mm) from the Bypass
The LEF paper is out of the image quality guarantee
compatibility.
6.1.8.2 Printer Fonts (Japanese: 2 styles, English: 13 styles)
Japanese/European Type Name
Japanese True Type Heisei-Mincho W3
Japanese True Type Heisei-kaku Gothic W5
European True Type CS Times Roman
European True Type CS Times Bold
European True Type CS Times Bold Italic
European True Type CS Times Italic
European True Type CS Courier Medium
European True Type CS Courier Bold
European True Type CS Courier Bold Oblique
European True Type CS Courier Oblique
European True Type CS Triumvirate Regular
European True Type CS Triumvirate Bold
European True Type CS Triumvirate Bold Italic
European True Type CS Triumvirate Italic
European True Type CS Symbol
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-7
6.1.8.3 True Type Fonts
Display in Driver Name
Always Use True Type Fonts
(Default)
Always download fonts at PC side for printing.
Substitute TrueType fonts with
Printer Fonts
Substitute with the Printer fonts for printing
according to the TrueType Font table. The TrueType
Font table can be edited, and which font to be
replaced with the Printer font can be set freely.
6.1.9 Image Processing Features
6.1.9.1 Specify Color/Black & White
Selects Color, B/W or Auto. When Auto is selected, the printer checks every page
for color or black & white data and automatically prints in the respective mode.
6.1.9.2 Paper Type Selection
Selects Plain Paper-1, Plain Paper-2, Transparency, Heavyweight-1, Heavyweight-2,
Label, Dedicated Glossy Paper, Postcard, Envelope, Heavyweight (Side 2), Dedicated
Glossy Paper (Side 2), Postcard (Side 2), or Envelope (Side 2).
However, FX Full Color OHP (V556) cannot be used for Transparency.
6.1.9.3 EconoMode
Selects to reduce the amount of toner consumption to 70% (reference value).
6.1.9.4 Color Matching
Compatible with Windows ICM 2/Apple Color Sync 2.
6.1.9.5 Image Settings
Adjusts Brightness, Contrast and Saturation.
6.1.9.6 Color Balance
Adjusts the density of RGB respectively.
6.1.9.7 Auto Image Quality Adjustment
Selects to turn the Auto Image Quality Adjustment feature ON/OFF. Default: OFF.
6.1.9.8 Document Types
1) Default Display
Image Quality mode Resolution Purpose and Process Overview
Standard 600dpi General standard image quality
Suitable for printing usual business documents.
Performs appropriate processing for each photo,
text, or graphic. It has the fastest printing speed.
(Default)
High Quality 600dpi General high quality
Suitable for printing business documents at high
quality.
Performs appropriate processing for each photo,
text, or graphic.
High Precision 1200dpi Suitable for printing documents centered with fine
lines.
Improves the reproducibility of fine texts and lines,
and reproducibility of fine details in photos.
2) Display in "Display all"
Image Quality mode Resolution Purpose and Process Overview
Transparency 600dpi Suitable for printing transparencies.
Suitable for printing and displaying on
transparencies by using the screen for low dpi
level and the color conversion to reduce IOT
defects.
ICM
(For Macintosh,
Colorsync)
600dpi Suitable for printing after color adjustment with the
display with the ICM Adjustment function.
EconoMode 600dpi Prints using the EconoMode.
Overall, colors become thinner but the
consumption of toner is reduced.
Presentation 600dpi Suitable for printing presentation materials by
reproduction of vivid colors. FX coherency mode.
Output colors are the same as those of other FX
machines.
Standard
(High Gloss)
600dpi Performs printing with a glossy touch in standard
mode.
(When using Plain Paper 1/Plain Paper 2)
High Quality
(High Gloss)
600dpi Performs printing with a glossy touch in high
quality mode.
(When using Plain Paper 1/Plain Paper 2)
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.1 Specifications
6-8
Engine Resolution/Speed
600dpi 1200dpi
Paper Types Image Quality mode Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex
Standard (High Gloss)
High Quality (High Gloss)
Half
Speed
Half
Speed
- -
High Precision - - Half
Speed
Half
Speed
Plain Paper
1/Plain Paper 2
Modes other than those
described above
(Besides Standard/High
Quality)
Full
Speed
Full
Speed
- -
High Precision - - Half
Speed
- Paper other than
those described
above Modes other than those
described above
(Besides Standard/High
Quality)
Half
Speed
- - -
6.1.9.9 Profile Settings
Selects Color Temperature/Gamma Correction, ICC Profile or No Profile for
color conversion profile.
6.1.10 Additional Image Features
6.1.10.1 Watermark (Windows version only)
Prints the character string specified by the user or the fixed character strings as
watermarks.
6.1.11 Page Layout Features
6.1.11.1 180 Rotation Print
Selects to create a 180-rotated image. This feature is useful when the image must
be rotated to print on paper with a fixed paper orientation such as Envelope.
6.1.11.2 Reduction/Enlargement (Zoom)
Selects to print from regular to reduced/enlarged sizes. The variable magnification
ratio is between 25% and 400%.
6.1.11.3 N-Up
Selects 2 Up, 4 Up, 8 Up or 16 Up or 32 Up. A maximum of 32 Up can be selected.
6.1.11.4 Margin Shift
Selects the margin shift for top/bottom, left/right in mm units.
6.1.11.5 Image Repeat
Repeats printing 1-page image 6 x 6 (36 times) at maximum on a single page.
6.1.11.6 Booklet Printing (Windows version only)
Performs printing such that the papers are stapled in the center to create a booklet
after printing a job of multiple sheets.
6.1.12 Page Output Order Control
6.1.12.1 Uncollated Print
Logically, the printer can print a maximum of 999 copies in uncollated output.
6.1.12.2 Collated Print
Logically, the printer can print a maximum of 999 copies in collated output.
High speed collating is possible when HDD is installed. The number of pages
processed in one set is dependent on the data compression rate but it does not
exceed 1000 pages.
6.1.13 Separator
6.1.13.1 Banner Sheet
Inserts a banner sheet at the beginning or end of a job. The document name, port
name and other information are printed in black & white. However, if a Mac driver is
used, a banner sheet at the end of a job cannot be inserted.
6.1.14 Job Control
6.1.14.1 Stop Print
Stops (aborts) a running job from the Operation Panel.
6.1.14.2 Force Output
When a data is received from the host while the job is still being processed, this
function prints out the data already received by force.
6.1.14.3 Job Timeout
Aborts the data in process as error when the job transfer is cut off after a specific
time (this time can be changed on the Operation Panel, or even be set as no limit).
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-9
6.1.14.4 Job Recovery
Executes the job again automatically if the jam is cleared when a job has failed due
to paper jam.
6.1.15 Other Features
6.1.15.1 User Job Registration
Various print settings on the Printer Driver can be registered with any desired names
and called out later.
6.1.15.2 Billing Count
Counts the number of sheets that have been printed successfully.
Users can check the count values on the Operation Panel if permission to view is
set to OK in C/E Diagnostics.
The factory default value is not permitted to view.
Type of Count Details
Color Print Count Counts the number of Color print output. (7 digits)
B/W Print Count Counts the number of B/W print output. (7 digits)
Total Print Count The total value of Color and B/W print output. (7 digits)
6.1.15.3 EP Feature
Not applicable.
6.1.15.4 Remaining Toner Amount Display
The toner low status can be displayed by the CentreWare Internet Services.
6.1.15.5 Job Logging Feature
The printer can maintain and print a maximum of 22 job logs.
It can print the log immediately from the Operation Panel. It can also print it
automatically when the maximum number of job logs is reached.
Log contents are as follows.
Job Send Date and Time
Input Interface (Centronics, lpd etc)
Data Type (XPL)
Document Name (File name)
User Name/Host Name
No. of pages used (Color/B/W)
No. of sides used (Color/B/W)
Paper Size used
Results (completed successfully, error etc)
Others, titles, total no. of prints, authorization indication etc
6.1.15.6 Receive Restrictions (IP Filter Feature)
In case of LPD, Port9100 and IPP, Job Receive can be permitted/prohibited with
the IP set.
6.1.16 Utility Print
6.1.16.1 Printer Settings List
Using the Operation Panel, the Printer Settings List can be printed. Prints it in B/W
on A4 paper with Auto Tray Selection.
6.1.16.2 Panel Settings List
Using the Operation Panel, the Panel Settings List can be printed. Prints it in B/W
on A4 paper with Auto Tray Selection.
6.1.16.3 Font List (TBD)
Using the Operation Panel, the Font List can be printed. Prints it in on A4 paper
with Auto Tray Selection. The YMCK Color pattern on the list is printed.
6.1.16.4 Job Log Print
Using the Operation Panel, the immediate print instructions of the Job Log or auto
printing of the Job Log can be selected. Prints it in B/W on A4 paper with Auto Tray
Selection.
6.1.16.5 Chart for Color Registration correction
Prints the charts for correcting the Color Registration. There are two categories of
chart: one for Fast Scan correction, and one for Slow Scan correction. User can
print the Fast Scan correction chart while CE uses the Slow Scan correction chart.
6.1.17 Host Interface
6.1.17.1 Client Hardware
Hardware Guaranteed Conditions
PC-AT Compatible M/C
(DOS/V)
Operation on Windows 95/98, Windows2000 or
NT4.0 is guaranteed.
PC98 Series Operation on models sold after November 1993 with
parallel bi-directional support and Windows95/98 or
NT4.0 is guaranteed.
Macintosh Operation on MAC OS 8.1~9.1 is guaranteed.
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.1 Specifications
6-10
6.1.17.2 Client OS
Client OS Driver Direct Print Utility Network Utility SNN
Windows95/98/98Me English Support Support Support Support
Windows NT4.0 English Support - Support Support
Windows 2000 English Support - Support Support
Mac OS English OS 8.1~9.1 Support - - -
6.1.17.3 Server OS
Windows NT 4.0 Server
Windows 2000 Server
NetWare 3.12J, 3.2J, 4.1J, 4.11J, 4.2J, 5J
Windows 95/98/Me (shared printer)
6.1.18 IEEE1284
6.1.18.1 Connector
Amphenol 36 pin
6.1.18.2 IEEE1284 Support
IEEE1284 (Compatible, Nibble, ECP mode) is supported as standard.
However, if the host computer does not support IEEE1284, bi-directional feature
cannot be used.
6.1.19 Ethernet
Can be connected to a 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T network. Switching between
networks can be selected automatically or manually.
The physical specifications follow the IEEE802.3 Standard.
6.1.19.1 Connector
RJ-45
6.1.19.2 Printing Protocol
As a protocol for printing, it supports LPD, Port9100, IPP, and FTP by standard, and
supports SMB, NetWare and EtherTalk as options.
1) Standards
Support
Protocol
Transport Maximum No.
of Sections
Supporting OS
LPD TCP/IP 1 Win95/98/Me (using DPU),
WinNT4.0
Win2000 (Normal lpr,
Sizeless lpr)
Port9100 TCP/IP 1 Win95/98/Me (using DPU),
Win2000
IPP TCP/IP 3 Windows Me, Win2000
FTP TCP/IP 1 [Client]
Win95/98/Me
WinNT4.0
Win2000
2) Options
Support
Protocol
of Sessions
Supporting OS
TCP/IP SMB
NetBEUI
5 Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0
Win2000
NCP/IPX
(PServer mode)
NetWare
SPX/IPX
(Nprint mode)
1 NetWare 3.12J, 3.2J ,4.1J,
4.11J, 4.2J, 5J
(Supports NDS)
EtherTalkPAP ATP/DDP 1 Mac OS 8.1~9.1,
OpenTransport 1.1.2 or later
6.1.19.3 Control Protocol
As a Control Protocol, it supports SNMP and http (CentreWare Internet Services). It
also supports DHCP for the auto setup of IP address.
1) Standards
Supported
Protocols
Transport Support
UDP/IP SNMP
IPX (Option)
[Supporting MIB]
MIB-II (RFC1213)
Host Resources MIB (RFC1514)
Printer MIB (RFC1759)
XCMI Communication Config MIB (V2.4)
XCMI Job Monitoring MIB (V2.4)
[Manager]
Network Utility
DocuHouse
PrintXchange
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-11
Supported
Protocols
Transport Support
http (CentreWare
Internet Services)
TCP/IP [Client]
(Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000)
Netscape Communicator 4.06 or later
Internet Explorer 4.01 or later
(MacOS OS8.1~9.1, Open Transport 1.1.2
or later)
Netscape Communicator 4.06 or later
Internet Explorer 4.01 or later
DHCP UDP/IP [Supporting OS]
Windows NT 4.0 Server
Windows 2000 Server
SMTP
(No. of
Sessions: 1)
SMTP/POP3
(E-Mail: Status
Messenger)
POP3
(No. of
Sessions: 1)
Supporting OS
Solaris 2.6
Linux
IPP TCP/IP
(No. of
Sessions: 5)
Windows2000
2) Options
Supported
Protocols
of Sessions
Supporting OS
TCP/IP SMB
NetBEUI
5 Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0
Win2000
NCP/IPX
(PServer mode)
NetWare
SPX/IPX
(Nprint mode)
1 NetWare 3.12J, 3.2J, 4.1J,
4.11J, 4.2J, 5J
(Supports NDS)
EtherTalk
PAP
ATP/DDP 1 Mac OS 8.1~9.1,
OpenTransport 1.1.2 or later
6.1.19.4 USB
Bases on USB Ver1.1.
) Connector
4 Pin, B Connector
2) Supporting OS
Windows 98/Me(TBD), Windows2000
Mac OS 8.6~9.1
Pre-installation version
6.1.20 Utility Software
6.1.20.1 Printer Driver/Installer
Provides the Printer Drivers for Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0, Win2000, MacOS
OS8.1~9.1.
6.1.20.2 TCP/IP Direct Print Utility
Provides the utility that allows peer to peer network printing for Windows95/98/Me.
6.1.20.3 Network Setup Tool (NetWork Utility)
Various types of networks can be set up.
6.1.20.4 SSN (SimpleStatusNotification) (Windows only)
It allows monitoring of the printer's status easily in Windows.
6.1.20.5 Other Utility Software
CenterWare/DocuHouse/PrintXchange
6.1.21 Paper Handling
6.1.21.1 Paper Source
1) Tray 1
A 500-sheet Universal Tray can be installed.
2) Tray 2 and 3 (Options)
A 500-sheet Universal Tray can be installed to each tray.
3) Bypass Tray (MSI)
Supported Sizes A4 SEF, B5 SEF, A5 SEF, Letter (8.5x11") SEF, Legal 14
(8.5x14") SEF, Postcard, Envelope, Custom Size
No. of Sheets 100 sheets of standard paper, or below 10mm
Paper Type Plain Paper-1, Plain Paper-2, Transparency, Heavyweight-1,
Heavyweight-2, Label, Glossy Paper, Postcard, Envelope
Paper Weight: Between 60gsm and 216gsm. (Above 16lb,
below 80lb)
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.1 Specifications
6-12
Dimensions of
Paper for running
Minimum: Width 90mm (3.5") x Length 139.7mm (5.5")
Maximum: Width 216mm (8.5") x Length 356mm (14") *
* Compatible to the LFF mode up to LEF 900mm (35.4").
However, for paper exceeding 356mm (14"), single-sheet
manual feeding and operator's support are necessary.
Paper for running in the length mode (356mm~900mm) is TBD
gsm or lighter.
4) 500-sheet Universal Tray
(8.5x14") SEF
No. of Sheets 500 sheets of standard paper, or below 56mm
Paper Type Plain Paper -1 and Plain Paper -2
Paper weighing between 60gsm and 90gsm
5) Paper Control
Auto Paper Tray (Include Bypass Tray)
The machine automatically searches and selects a tray loaded with the
specified paper.
The logic of auto-selection is as follows.
Priority is given in the order of Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, Bypass Tray.
Invalid paper combination is not allowed on the printer driver.
Specify Paper Tray
Users select paper from Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3 or Bypass Tray.
Portrait or landscape orientation of the paper can be selected on the Bypass
Tray.
Remaining Paper Supply
The paper low status can be displayed by CentreWare Internet Services.
6.1.21.2 Output Tray
The printer main processor is equipped with a Face Down Tray at the top portion.
Output Sizes All paper sizes handled by the printer
No. of Output Sheets 250 or more sheets of Standard paper
6.1.21.3 Duplex
1) Duplex Module
(8.5x14") SEF, Custom Size
Paper Type for
Duplex
Plain Paper 1, Plain Paper 2
Paper weighing between 64gsm and 99gsm
Paper Size for
Duplex
Minimum: Width 149mm (3.5") x Length 210mm (A5)
Maximum: Width 216mm (8.5") x Length 356mm (14"),
(Legal 14")
2) Duplex Control
Selects 2-sided/1-sided.
For 2-sided printing, select "Flip on Long Edge" or "Flip on short Edge".
6.1.21.4 Other Paper Handling
1) Transparency Separators
The separators function is available to cater to different transparency needs.
Plain paper or printed paper with the same contents as the transparencies can
be inserted between transparencies.
The paper tray for separators can be selected automatically from trays that are
loaded with paper of the same size as the transparencies (default selection), or
a tray can be manually specified as the separators tray.
6.1.21.5 Summary of Restrictive Conditions
1) Paper Size Restrictions
Selected Paper Size 500-sheet
Universal Tray
Bypass Tray Duplex
Module
A5 SEF
B5 SEF
A4 SEF
Letter (8.5 x 11") SEF
Legal 14 (8.5 x 14") SEF
Envelope
Postcard
Custom Size
: OK : Restricted
6.1 Specifications
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-13
2) Paper Type Restrictions
Selected Paper Size 500-sheet
Universal Tray
Bypass Tray Duplex
Module
Plain Paper1
Plain Paper2
Transparency
Heavyweight-1
Heavyweight-2
Label
Dedicated Glossy Paper
Postcard
Envelope
Side 2 (Heavyweight, Dedicated
Glossy Paper, Postcard,
Envelope)

: OK : Restricted
6.1.22 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency
Phase Single phase 2-line type
Input Voltage 100V 10%
Frequency 50Hz/60Hz 3Hz
6.1.23 Rated Consumption Power
Mode Consumption Power
Run Mode 850W or below (Maximum: At Fuser ON)
450W or below (Average) *1
Ready Mode 850W or below (Maximum: At Fuser ON)
180W or below (Average) *2
Low Power Mode (Light Sleep Mode) 45W or below
Compliance to International Energy Star
Power Saver Mode (Deep Sleep Mode) Less than 5W
*1: Average of continuous printing
*2: Average when Fuser is at Ready temperature
6.1.24 Noise
Ready Mode: 35dB(A) or less
When printing:
Printer Optional Feeder
When cassette
is running
When MSI is
running
When cassette is
running
Standard (600dpi) 52.0 dB(A) 54.0 dB(A) 54.0 dB(A)
High Precision/High
Gloss (At Half Speed)
53.0 dB(A) 55.0 dB(A) 55.0 dB(A)
6.1.25 Firmware Update Feature
User can overwrite (update) the ESS Firmware and Net Expansion Card from
external.
Replacement targets Via IEEE1284 Via Net (ftp) Via Net (web)
ESS Yes Yes No
Network Expansion Card Yes Yes No
MCU No No No
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6.3 Consumables
6-14
6.2 Tools/Service Consumables
6.2.1 Tools
499T 9588 (Tool manufactured by AMP)
6.2.2 Service Consumables
There are no machine-specific service consumables.
6.3 Consumables
Consumables Product Code No. of Print Pages *1
Black Toner Cartridge CT2000128 8,500 pages print
Cyan Toner Cartridge CT2000129 6,000 pages print
Magenta Toner Cartridge CT2000130 6,000 pages print
Yellow Toner Cartridge CT2000131 6,000 pages print
Drum Cartridge CT3500084 30,000 pages print
Transfer Roll Cartridge
(Including Waste Toner Bottle)
CWAA0416 25,000 pages print
1 Usage conditions
Paper Size : A4 LEF Print Ratio : 5%
B/W/Color Ratio : 1:1 No. of Print Sheets once : Average 4 sheets
6.4 Installation Procedures
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-15
Install the printer according to the following procedures.
6.4.1 Checking bundled parts
6.4.2 Removing protective tapes from various locations
6.4.3 Removing protective layer from paper tray
6.4.4 Installing Drum Cartridge
6.4.5 Installing Toner Cartridges
6.4.6 Loading paper
6.4.7 Setting tray cover
6.4.8 Connecting Power Cord
6.4.9 Correcting Color Registration
There are protective layers at the respective locations to protect the printer
from vibration and shock during transportation. Always remove all the
protective layers at the beginning.
If the optional 2-Tray Module has been purchased, install it to the printer
first. For the installation, refer to SECTION 8 ACCESSORIES and the
included User Guide.
The carton box and handles, polystyrene foam and protective layers used
in the packaging of the printer, are necessary when moving the printer over
a long distance. Always keep them.
6.4.1 Checking bundled parts
The standard printer package consists of the following parts.
Make sure that you have received everything before starting installation.
Keep the packaging materials and box if you expect to move the printer
over a long distance in the future.
Printer Drum Cartridge
Toner Cartridge Power Cord

(Black, Yellow, Magenta, Cyan)
Tray Cover
Tray covers are not standard items.

NOTE
LOOK
LOOK
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-16
6.4.2 Removing protective tapes from various locations
The printer has eight locations secured with protective tapes when you first unpack
the box.
Refer to the following diagrams to remove the tapes.
Right side of printer
Left side of printer
6.4.3 Removing protective layer from paper tray
There are two protective layers around the printer paper trays to reduce effects on
them due to vibration and shock during transportation.
Remove the protective layers before using the printer.
Follow the procedures to remove the protection materials from the paper tray.
These protective layers are necessary when moving the printer over a long
distance. Always keep them.
Pull the paper tray towards the front
as far as it will go.
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-17
Remove the corrugated cardboard
inside the paper tray.
Keep the protective layer if
you expect to move the
printer in the future.
Hold the Paper Tray with both hands,
lift its front side up to pull it out.
Place the removed Paper
Tray on a level ground.
Push the paper tray firmly into the
printer.
Do NOT push the tray in
excessively. It might damage
the printer and paper tray.
Hold the paper tray with both hands
and guide it into the paper tray
entrance of the printer.
LOOK
LOOK
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-18
6.4.4 Installing Drum Cartridge
Install the Drum Cartridge according to the following procedures.
Push up Button A () to open the
entire Front Cover ().
Open the cover of the output part.
Pull out the protective layer of the
Drum Cartridge by holding both left
and right sides.
Take out the Drum Cartridge from the
packaging, and pull out all the eight
seals by force in a horizontal
direction.
Keep the aluminium bag
for packaging the Drum
Cartridge if you expect to
move the printer in the
future.
Pull out the protective sheet covering
the cartridge as shown in the diagram.
Do NOT touch the Center
Transfer Roll (black) with
your hands. Do NOT leave
substances on the roll
surface or stain it.
Scratches or finger prints,
contamination etc on the
roll surface will deteriote
the print quality.
When the protective sheet
has been peeled off, do
NOT place the Drum
Cartridge as this will
deteriote the print quality.
Peel off the protective
sheet with Drum Cartridge
being held horizontally.
LOOK
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-19
6.4.5 Installing Toner Cartridges
Install the toner cartridges according to the following procedures.
The toner cartridge is non-toxic. However, if you spill any toner on your
hands or clothes, please wash it off promptly.
Close the cover of the output part.
Close the Front Cover.
Remove the upper cover.
Take out the new Toner Cartridge
with the same color as the label at
the installation position from the
packaging.
Holding the handle of the Drum
Cartridge, align the roll at the lower
rear of the Drum Cartridge with
groove at the front side of the printer
indicated by the arrow marks, and
lower it slowly.
Do NOT touch the Center
Transfer Roll part.
Lowering the Drum
Cartridge when the groove
and shaft are not properly
aligned might cause a
damage to the cartridge.
Take care not to touch the
surface of the Center
Transfer Roll with other
parts.
Center
Transfer Roll
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-20
Shake the cartridge 7 or 8 times as
shown in the diagram to evenly
distribute the toner inside.
Place the cartridge in the direction
shown in the diagram, aligning it with
the groove on the printer.
Holding the grips at both sides of
the Toner Cartridge, turn it towards
you while pushing it down lightly.
Pull out the toner seal upwards.
When pulling the toner
seal, pull it straight up.
The tape might be cut off
half-way if you pull out the
seal slanted.
Perform Steps ~ for the
remaining three Toner Cartridges in
the same way.
Install the upper cover.
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-21
6.4.6 Loading paper
Load paper in the trays according to the following procedures.
Pull the paper tray towards the front
as far as it will go.
Slide the paper guides at the length
and breadth outwards. Slide the
paper guide at the length outwards
from the paper size set by lifting it
up lightly.
Holding the paper tray with both
hands, push the front side of the tray
upwards to pull it out.
Place the removed paper
tray on a level ground.
Pinch the paper guide at the length
with your fingers lifting it upwards
lightly, and align the protruding part of
the paper guide to the arrow mark on
the paper size scale.
Check that the stopper of
the paper guide at the
length is fitting well in the
groove of the scale.
Moving the paper guide at
the length slightly may
affect the auto detection of
the paper size. When this
happens, slide the paper
guide at the length
outwards once to the end,
then align it to the scale
again.
LOOK
NOTE
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-22
6.4.7 Setting Tray Cover
Install tray covers according to the following procedures.
Tray covers are not standard items.
Load paper such that it is aligned at
four corners, the side to be printed
on is facing up, and paper is below
the tab.
Do NOT use folded or
crumpled paper, and
curled paper.
Do NOT load paper above
the tab.
Align the paper guide at the breadth
to the width of the paper.
Pressing the paper too
much with the paper guide
may cause paper jam.
Vice versa, if it is too loose,
it may cause paper skew.
Holding the paper tray with both
hands, guide it to insert it into the
paper tray installation entrance on
the printer frame.
Install the tray cover by hanging the
tabs onto the two protruding parts at
the rear of the printer.
Push the paper tray firmly into the
printer.
Do NOT push the tray in
excessively. It might
damage the printer and
paper tray.
There is a meter at the
breadth of paper guide
indicating the remaining
paper amount. Use it as a
measurement to adding
paper.
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
LOOK
NOTE
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-23
6.4.8 Connecting Power Cord
Connect power cord according to the following procedures.
WARNING Connect the power plug to an outlet with the same rated voltage
(100V) and current (at least 15A) as the printer.
No other devices should be connected to this outlet as
overheating could cause fire or electric shock. The printer draws
8.5A at 100V.
The green ground wire in the power plug must be connected to
either of the following to prevent electric shock or fire.
Earth terminal of the power outlet
Copper rod buried in the ground to a depth of at least 650mm
Grounding terminal for construction (D type)
6.4.9 Correcting Color Registration
Correct the Color Registration according to the following procedures when the printer
is first installed or when it is reinstalled after it is moved.
Printing of Charts
Using the Operation Panel, print the Color Registration Correction Chart.
Connect the power cord to the
power cord connector at the rear of
the printer. Insert the other end to
the power plug.
Connect the ground wire as well if the
power plug has an earth terminal.
Press the [ l ] side of the power
switch on the right side of the printer
to turn it on.
When the power is first
turned on after the printer
has been installed, the
motor inside the printer will
run for 1~2mins.
(Print screen (When the printer is ready to print))
Press the <Menu> button. The Menu screen is displayed.
(Menu screen)
Press the <> button once.
(Menu screen)
Press the <Item/Enter> or < > button once.
Press the <> button 4 times.
Press the <Item/Enter> or < >button once.
Press the <Item/Enter> or < >button once.
Press the <Item/Enter> button once. The Color Registration Correction
Chart is printed.
When printing has completed, the screen returns to the Print screen.
LOOK
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-24
Deciding the setup value
Read the numeric value nearer to the straightest line from the center of the line on the
right of each grid pattern of Y (Yellow), M (Magenta) and C (Cyan) on the printed Color
Registration Correction Chart.
The color density of each grid pattern can also be set as the reference.
The part printed in the darkest color is closer to the straightest line.
When '0' closer to the straightest line, correction is not necessary. When it
is other than '0', operate according to the 'Input of setup value' below.
Input of setup value
Using the Operation Panel, input the numeric value read from the Color Registration
Correction Chart to correct it.
To the next page
From the previous page
Perform Steps ~ on the previous page to display the setup menu
of the Color Registration Correction Chart.
Press the <> button once.
Press the <Item/Enter> or < > button once.
Press the <> or <> button several times until the
numeric value read (Setup example: +3) is obtained.
Press the < > button once and move the cursor ( _ ) to the next
numeric value.
Repeat Steps and to set the numeric value of the Color Registration.
Press the <Item/Enter> button once.
Closer to the
straightest line
Grid Pattern
Press the <Item/Enter> button once. The Color Registration
Correction Chart reflected by the setup value is printed. When
printing has completed, the screen returns to the Print screen.
Color Registration correction is completed if the straightest lines
become "0" lines for all Y (Yellow), M (Magenta) and C (Cyan) on the
printed Color Registration Correction Chart.
When printing has completed, the screen returns to the
Print screen.
LOOK
LOOK
6.5 Software related information
SECTION 6 GENERAL
6-25
6.5 Software related information
6.5.1 Menu Tree (User mode)
Menu
To the Right
Optional
* Default
*1 Displayed when "Installation Setup" "Counter Display"
in the C/E Diag is set to "ON".
*2 Displayed when the Network Expansion Card is installed.
From the Left
Printer Settings List
Printer History Report
4 Report/List
Set/Eject
Panel Settings List

Internet Settings Auto*
100Base Full
100Base Half
10Base Full
10Base Half
Protocol lpd
Port9100
IPP
SMB TCP/IP*2
SMB NetBEUI*2
NetWare*2
EtherTalk*2
Start up*, Stop
Auto*
Ethernet-II
SNAP
802.2
802.3
Start up*, Stop
Start up, Stop*
Start up*, Stop
Start up*, Stop
Start up*, Stop
Start up*, Stop
Start up, Stop* FTP
Filter-1 (1~5) Address 000.000.000.000*
0 Meter *1 Meter 1
1
1
Mode 2
Mode 1 Shift Time After 15* (0~120) mins Power Saver Mode Shift Time 1 System
Enabled, Disabled
On, Off
30* (5~300) sec, Off
Japanese*, English
Off*, Top Left, Top Right, Bottom Left, Bottom Right
On*, Off
On*, Off
Print Warning Tone
Job Timeout
Panel Display Language
History Auto Print
ID Print
Text Print
2 Maintenance NV Memory Initialization
Mode 1
Power Saver Mode
Enabled, Disabled
After 30* (10~120) mins Mode 2 Shift Time
Total xxx pages
Printer History *1
Color xxx pages
B/W xxx pages
Panel Setup Protection Off *, On
Change Password Input_ _ _ _
Plain Paper 1
Light (60-75g/m2) *
Heavy (65-80g/m2)
Plain Paper 2
Light (76-99g/m2) *
Heavy (5-105g/m2)
Security
Paper Type Adjustment
Color Registration Correction
Color Registration
Correction Chart
Input Color
Registration Correction
Y=0 M= C=0
3 Parallel ECP Enabled*, Disabled
Meter 2, Meter 3
5 Network
TCP/IP IP Address Setup Panel, DHCP*
000.000.000.000* IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
000.000.000.000*
000.000.000.000*
IPX Firm Type *2
Receive
Restrictions
SNMP UDP/IP Start up*, Stop
SNMP IPX*2
Internet Services
Start up*, Stop
Start up, Stop*
Status Messenger Start up*, Stop
000.000.000.000*
Off*, Reject, Permit
Filter-1 (1~5) Mask
Filter-1 (1~5) Mode
NV Memory Initialization
Set/Eject
Contents
7-1
Contents
7.1 Plug/Jack Location Index........................................................................................... 2
7.1.1 Printer ................................................................................................................. 2
7.1.2 2Tray Module....................................................................................................... 4
7.2 Plug/Jack Location Drawings..................................................................................... 5
7.2.1 IOT Top ............................................................................................................... 5
7.2.2 IOT Front/RH....................................................................................................... 5
7.2.3 MCU AND HVPS PWB/ESS PWB ....................................................................... 6
7.2.4 PHD ASSY.......................................................................................................... 6
7.2.5 BTR ASSY........................................................................................................... 7
7.2.6 Tray1................................................................................................................... 7
7.2.7 2Tray Module....................................................................................................... 8
7.1 Plug/Jack Location Index
7-2
This section lists the coordinates of connectors (P/J) corresponding to the locations shown in
"7.2 Plug/Jack Location Drawings".
7.1.1 Printer
P/J Coordinate Remarks
1 H-32 ESS PWB memory connector
10 J-32 ESS PWB parallel interface connector
11 J-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY DRV 1
12 I-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY DRV 2
12 J-32 ESS PWB USB interface connector
13 H-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A
14 J-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and ESS PWB
14 J-32 ESS PWB font card connector
15 H-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY ROS KA
18 H-44 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and REGI CLUTCH
19 H-44 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and MSI TURN CLUTCH
21 I-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY OPF MAIN
22 J-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE AS
23 I-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY LVRMT
24 H-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY TMPB
26 H-43 --
27 I33 Connects the ESS PWB and MCU AND HVPS PWB
30 H-43 Flash-write
31 J-43 For test printing
32 H-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY OHP
32 J-33 --ESS PWB
33 I-32 ESS PWB HDD connector
34 J-32 ESS PWB Network Card connector
41 I-18 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY DRV1
42 J-18 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY DRV2
45 K-32 ESS PWB Ethernet connector
47 J-18 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY FEEDER
48 I-18 Connects DRIVE PWB and MAIN MOTOR ASSY
49 I-17 Connects DRIVE PWB and DEVE MOTOR ASSY
50 J-18 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY DUP
50 I-32 ESS PWB
51 J-16 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY TNR
52 I-18 Connects DRIVE PWB and FUSER MOTOR ASSY
60 I-17 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY 24V
61 J-18 Connects the DRIVE PWB and HARNESS ASSY LVNC
64 I-32 ESS PWB
66 I-32 ESS PWB EEPROM connector
71 B-32 Connects the HARNESS ASSY EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
80 J-32 --ESS PWB
120 H-32 ESS PWB Jumper Pin
131 B-7 Connects the HARNESS ASSY DUP and DUP MOTOR ASSY
132 B-9 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 and MSI FEED SOLENOID
133 D-8 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 and DUP JAM SENSOR
134 D-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 and FULL STACK SENSOR
135 C-9 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 and MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
136 C-23 Connects HARNESS ASSY CTD and ADC SENSOR ASSY
137 F-8 Connects the HARNESS ASSY DUP and FUSER FAN
138 B-32 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A and HARNESS ASSY FSR2
139 B-33 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A and HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2
140 H-43 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY EEPROM
141 B-32 Connects the HARNESS ASSY EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY TFLSNR
142 D-23 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TFLSNR and WASTE TONER SENSOR
144 E-35 Connects the HARNESS ASSY EEPROM and EEPROM PWB
151 F-22 Connects the HARNESS ASSY ROS KA and ROS ASSY
161 H-29 Connects the LVPS and ASSY AC SW
162 H-29 Connects the LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FSR2
163 H-27 Connects the LVPS and HARNESS ASSY 24V
164 H-28 Connects the LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVRPG
165 H-28 Connects the LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVNC
166 H-27 Connects the HVPS and REAR FAN
167 H-28 Connects the LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVRMT
181 E-38 Connects the REGI SENSOR and REGI CLUTCH (at HARNESS)
210 H-23 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OPF MAIN and HARNESS ASSY OPFREC
220 E-7 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE B and CONTROL PANEL
HANABI
221 B-33 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE A and HARNESS ASSY OPEPANE B
231 C-49 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TMPA and HUM TEMP SENSOR
232 F-23 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FSR2 and FURSER ASSY
311 I-42 Connects the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HARNESS ASSY LVRPG
321 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OHP and OHP SENSOR
431 E-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and TCRU SWITCH SENSOR (Y)
432 E-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and TCRU SWITCH SENSOR (M)
433 E-5 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and TCRU SWITCH SENSOR (C)
434 F-5 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and TCRU SWITCH SENSOR (K)
441 G-7 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and LOW TONER SENSOR (Y)
442 G-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and LOW TONER SENSOR (M)
443 H-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and LOW TONER SENSOR (C)
7-3
444 H-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TNR and LOW TONER SENSOR (K)
471 J-49 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FEEDER and TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
472 E-49 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FEEDER and TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR
473 H-57 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FEEDER and TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR
474 G-49 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FEEDER and TRAY1 FEED CLUTCH
475 H-49 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FEEDER and TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH ASSY
511 I-7 Connects the HARNESS ASSY and TONER MOTOR ASSY (Y)
512 I-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY and TONER MOTOR ASSY (M)
513 J-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY and TONER MOTOR ASSY (C)
514 J-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY and TONER MOTOR ASSY (K)
601 J-72 Connection between the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT (DEVE Y)
602 I-72 Connection between the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT (DEVE M)
ASSY CONTACT (DEVE C)
ASSY CONTACT (DEVE K)
701 H-72 Connection between the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT (IDT1)
702 H-73 Connection between the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT (IDT2)
710 D-6 Connects the HARNESS ASSY CRUM and BRACKET CRUM.
801 I-72
Connection between the MCU AND HVPS PWB and HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT (IDT1 CLEANER)
802 H-73
ASSY CONTACT (IDT2 CLEANER)
804 I-72
ASSY CONTACT (RTC)
805 I-72
ASSY CONTACT (RFB)
810 J-57 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC and HARNESS ASSY PLG
960 I-33 ESS PWB EEPROM connector
1361 B-32 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A and HARNESS ASSY CTD
2361 E-36 Connects the HARNESS ASSY TMPB and HARNESS ASSY TMPA
5011 F-35 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A and SUB HVPS
5020 E-35 Connects the SUB HVPS and WIRE ASSY BTR
5030 E-35 Connects the SUB HVPS and WIRE ASSY DTS
High
Voltage
Electrode
Coordinate Remarks
BTR E-77 Connects the BTR ASSY and SHAFT BTR IN
BTR I-81 Connects the BTR ASSY and SHAFT BTR IN
DEVE C B-65 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE C D-69 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE C B-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
DEVE K B-65 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE K D-70 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE K C-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
DEVE M B-64 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE M D-69 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE M B-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
DEVE Y B-63 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE Y D-68 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
DEVE Y B-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
DTS F-77 Connects the BTR ASSY and STUD BTR
DTS I-81 Connects the BTR ASSY and STUD BTR
EARTH G-78 Connects the BTR ASSY and PLATE EARTH BTR
EARTH H-82 Connects the BTR ASSY and PLATE EARTH BTR
RTC B-66 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
RTC D-70 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
RTC A-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
IDT 1 D-65 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
IDT 1 C-70 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
IDT 1 C-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
IDT 1
CLEANER
D-66 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
IDT 1
CLEANER
C-70 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
IDT 1
CLEANER
C-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
IDT 2 E-64 Connects the PHD ASSY and the PLATE BIAS IDT2 of the HSG ASSY
BIAS
IDT 2 B-69 Connects the PHD ASSY and the PLATE BIAS IDT2 of the HSG ASSY
BIAS
IDT 2 D-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
IDT 2
CLEANER
E-65 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
IDT 2
CLEANER
C-70 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER
7-4
High
Voltage
Electrode
Coordinate Remarks
IDT 2
CLEANER
D-73 Connects the HSG ASSY BIAS and HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
RFB C-66 Connects the PHD ASSY and the PLATE CONTACT RF of the HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT
RFB D-71 Connects the PHD ASSY and the PLATE CONTACT RF of the HOUSING
ASSY CONTACT
RFB H-65 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER D/EARTH
RFB G-68 Connects the PHD ASSY and STUD PLUNGER D/EARTH
GND K-66 Connects the PHD ASSY and HOUSING ASSY ELEC
GND K-67 Connects the PHD ASSY and HOUSING ASSY ELEC
7.1.2 2Tray Module
832 C-3 Connects the TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR and HARNESS
ASSY NPRSJ
822 E-3 Connects the TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR and HARNESS
ASSY NPRSJ
824 F-3 Connects the TRAY2 FEED SOLENOID and HARNESS
ASSY FDR2T
834 K-12 Connects the TRAY3 FEED SOLENOID and HARNESS
ASSY FDR3T
825 I-13 Connects the TRAY2 TURN CLUTCH ASSY and HARNESS
ASSY FDR2T
835 H-13 Connects the TRAY3 TURN CLUTCH ASSY and HARNESS
ASSY FDR3T
8220 G-3 Connects the HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ and HARNESS
ASSY FDR2T
8220 K-11 Connects the HARNESS ASSY NPRSJ and HARNESS
ASSY FDR3T
810 H-3 Connects the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC and HARNESS
ASSY PLG
81 J-3 Connects the FEEDER PWB and HARNESS ASSY PLG
83 K-6 Connects the FEEDER PWB and HARNESS ASSY FDR3T
82 K-8 Connects the FEEDER PWB and HARNESS ASSY FDR2T
84 K-9 Connects the FEEDER PWB and FEEDER MOTOR ASSY
821 K-7 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FDR2T and TRAY2 SIZE
SWITCH ASSY
831 K-10 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FDR3T and TRAY3 SIZE
SWITCH ASSY
823 F-13 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FDR2T and TRAY2 LOW
PAPER SENSOR
833 E-13 Connects the HARNESS ASSY FDR3T and TRAY3 LOW
PAPER SENSOR
7.2 Plug/Jack Location Drawings
7-5
7.2.1 IOT Top
7.2.2 IOT Front/RH
7-6
7.2.3 MCU AND HVPS PWB/ESS PWB 7.2.4 PHD ASSY
HANABI_BE_CHAP04_005FE
IDT 2
IDT 2
CLEANER
IDT 1
CLEANER
IDT 1
IDT 2
IDT 2
CLEANER
IDT 1
CLEANER
IDT 1
IDT 2
IDT 2
CLEANER
IDT 1
CLEANER
IDT 1
RFB
RFB
RTC
RTC
RFB
RFB
GND
GND
RTC
DEVE Y
DEVE Y
DEVE M
DEVE M
DEVE C
DEVE C
DEVE K
DEVE K
DEVE Y
DEVE M
DEVE C
DEVE K
805
804
801
802
701
702
601
602
603
604
PL11.1.3 PHD ASSY
PL11.1.3 PHD ASSY
PL11.1.4
HSG ASSY BIAS
PL15.1.2 MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1.8 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT
PL10.1.23
HOUSING
ASSY ELEC
PL10.1.1 CHUTE REGI ST
7-7
7.2.5 BTR ASSY
PL9.1.2 BTR ASSY
PL6.1 CHUTE ASSY IN
7.2.6 Tray1
7-8
7.2.7 2Tray Module
Contents
8-1
Contents
8.1 2-Tray Module.................................................................................................... 2
8.1.1 Install the 2-Tray Module according to the following procedures. .................. 2
8.1.2 Configuring the Printer Driver ....................................................................... 4
8.1 2-Tray Module
8-2
8.1 2-Tray Module
This section describes how to install and remove the 2-Tray Module.
8.1.1 Install the 2-Tray Module according to the following procedures.
Installing the 2-Tray Module
CAUTION Always turn off the power switch before connecting the
interface cable or optional products. Otherwise, it may cause
electric shock.
The 2-Tray Module weighs 18.5kg. Always have at least two
people to carry the module. When lifting the 2-Tray Module,
face the module and grip the bottom areas of the right and left
sides. Never try to lift the module by gripping any other areas.
The printer may fall and cause injuries.
Those lifting the 2-Tray Module should secure a firm footing
and bend their knees to avoid possible back injuries.
Pull the upper paper tray of the 2-Tray
Module towards the front as far as it will go.
Hold the lower tray with both hands and
pull it out while lifting its front side up.
Remove the corrugated cardboard
and spacers from the paper tray.
Keep the corrugated
cardboard if you expect to
move the printer in the
future.
In the same manner, remove the lower
paper tray from the module. Remove
the corrugated cardboard and
spacers from the lower paper tray.
Be sure to push down the stoppers
and lock the two casters at the front
of the 2-Tray Module.
CAUTION Be sure to lock the
stoppers of the casters.
Otherwise, the printer
may move unexpectedly
and cause injuries.
2-Tray Module
LOOK
8.1 2-Tray Module
8-3
Lift up the printer and position the guide
pins (x 5) of the 2-Tray Module into the
holes at the bottom of the printer.
Lower the printer slowly.
CAUTION The printer weighs 34.5 kg
with consumables and paper
trays installed. Always have at
least two people to carry the
printer.
When lifting the printer, face
the printer and grip the
recessed areas on the
bottom right and left sides.
Never try to lift the printer by
gripping any other areas. The
printer may fall and cause
injuries.
Those lifting the printer
should secure a firm footing
and bend their knees to avoid
possible back injuries.
Be careful to avoid pinching
your fingers when placing the
printer on the 2-Tray Module.
Pull the paper tray of the printer towards
the front as far as it will go.
Hold the paper tray with both hands and
pull it out while lifting its front side up.
Remove the tray cover of the printer.
Fit the screws provided with the
printer into the screw holes (x 4) in the
printer with a tool such as a coin to
attach the 2-Tray Module to the
printer.
Tighten the screws
thoroughly with a tool such
as a coin.
Install the tray cover that comes with
the 2-Tray Module.
In the same way, install the
tray cover of the printer.
Hold the paper tray with both hands
and insert it into the lower tray of the
2-Tray Module.
NOTE
LOOK
LOOK
8.1 2-Tray Module
8-4
8.1.2 Configuring the Printer Driver
Remember to change the settings for the optional features of the printer driver in the
computer after the 2-Tray Module has been installed.
Refer to the printer's User Guide to install the printer driver, if you
have not already done so.
The following shows the sample settings of the printer driver.
The installation procedures may differ according to the OS of the
computer. Refer to the printer's User Guide on how to make settings
in a printer driver.
Login as a Power User Group member or an Administrator when
configuring options in Windows NT
4.0/Windows
2000.
For details on Power User Group, refer to the respective Windows
NT 4.0/Windows 2000 manual.
Ex: When the printer driver for Windows
95 is used
Open the [Printer] window and select the DocuPrint C1618 printer icon.
Click [Properties] from the [File] menu and click the [Printer Configuration] tab.
Check the box for 2-Tray Module.
Click OK.
This completes the setting of the printer driver.
Ex: When the printer driver for Macintosh is used
Select DocuPrint C1618 printer from the Selector window. Click Setup.
The Printer Settings window will appear.
Check the box beside the 2-Tray Module.
Click OK.
This completes the setting of the printer driver.
Push the paper tray firmly into the printer.
Be careful not to push too
hard. Otherwise, the 2-Tray
Module and paper tray may
be broken.
In the same way, install the upper tray
module and paper tray of the printer.
NOTE
REFERENCE
LOOK

C1618 Sevice Manual

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

C1618 Sevice Manual

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C161 DocuPrint C1618 88 8

<IOT X Toner Empty>

Toner Cartridge Power Cord

Tray covers are not standard items.

Panel Settings List

Вам также может понравиться